Ec np300
Ec np300
Ec np300
EC
A
EC
SECTION
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM C
E
CONTENTS
QR25DE Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 ........................................35 F
Knock Sensor ..........................................................35
PRECAUTION .............................................. 19 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor ....................................35
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor ..............................36 G
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................19 EVAP Canister .........................................................36
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Valve ........................................................................36
SIONER" ................................................................. 19 H
Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Tempera-
Precautions Necessary for Steering Wheel Rota- ture Sensor) .............................................................36
tion After Battery Disconnection .............................. 19 Atmospheric Pressure Sensor .................................37
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.... 20 Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ...................................38 I
Service Notice or Precautions for Steering System Power Steering Pressure Sensor ............................38
.... 20 Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position Switch....38
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine ....... 20 Clutch Pedal Position Switch ...................................38 J
General Precautions ............................................... 20 Park/Neutral position Switch ....................................38
ASCD Steering Switch .............................................39
PREPARATION ........................................... 23
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ..................... 40 K
PREPARATION ..................................................23 Positive Crankcase Ventilation ................................40
Special Service Tools .............................................. 23 On Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) ........41
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 23 L
SYSTEM ............................................................ 42
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 25
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...................................42
COMPONENT PARTS .......................................25 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip- M
Component Parts Location .................................... 25 tion ...........................................................................42
ECM ........................................................................ 29 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail Safe ..............43
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor .......................... 29
N
Electric Throttle Control Actuator ............................ 30 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM ................47
Ignition Coil With Power Transistor ......................... 31 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : Sys-
Fuel Injector ............................................................ 31 tem Description ........................................................47
Fuel Pump ............................................................... 31 O
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM .................................49
Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Tempera-
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System De-
ture Sensor) ............................................................ 31
scription ...................................................................49
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ...................... 32 P
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) .......................... 33 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL .........................50
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ....................... 33 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System De-
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ........... 33 scription ...................................................................50
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor ....... 33
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ........ 34 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL .....................51
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 .................................. 34 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System
Description ...............................................................51
U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 154 P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 .................................... 195
DTC Description .................................................... 154 DTC Description .................................................... 195
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 196 EC
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 154
P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER ......... 163 P0139 HO2S2 .................................................. 212
DTC Description .................................................... 163 DTC Description .................................................... 212
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 215 F
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 163
Component Inspection .......................................... 164 Component Inspection ........................................... 216
P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ....................... 166 P014C, P014D A/F SENSOR 1 ....................... 219 G
DTC Description .................................................... 166 DTC Description .................................................... 219
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 167 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 221
Component Inspection .......................................... 167 H
P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNC-
P0075 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL .... 169 TION ................................................................ 224
DTC Description .................................................... 169 DTC Description .................................................... 224
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 169 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 225 I
Component Inspection .......................................... 170
P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNC-
P0078 EVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .... 172 TION ................................................................ 229 J
DTC Description .................................................... 172 DTC Description .................................................... 229
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 172 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 230
Component Inspection .......................................... 173
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR ......................... 234 K
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .......................... 175 DTC Description .................................................... 234
DTC Description .................................................... 175 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 234
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 176 Component Inspection ........................................... 235 L
Component Inspection .......................................... 177
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ............................ 237
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ............................ 180 DTC Description .................................................... 237
DTC Description .................................................... 180 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 237 M
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 180 Component Inspection ........................................... 239
Component Inspection .......................................... 181
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MIS- N
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ........................... 182 FIRE ................................................................. 240
DTC Description .................................................... 182 DTC Description .................................................... 240
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 182 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 242
Component Inspection .......................................... 183 O
P0327, P0328 KS ............................................ 246
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................. 185 DTC Description .................................................... 246
DTC Description .................................................... 185 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 246 P
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 185 Component Inspection ........................................... 247
Component Inspection .......................................... 187
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ........................... 248
P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 ...................................... 188 DTC Description .................................................... 248
DTC Description .................................................... 188 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 248
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 189 Component Inspection ........................................... 250
P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 ...................................... 192 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ..................... 252
Revision: November 2016 EC-3 2017 D23
DTC Description ....................................................252 P060B ECM ...................................................... 290
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................252 DTC Description .................................................... 290
Component Inspection ...........................................254 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 291
P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION . 256 P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY .................. 292
DTC Description ....................................................256 DTC Description .................................................... 292
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................257 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 293
P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME P0850 PNP SWITCH ........................................ 295
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ....................... 261 DTC Description .................................................... 295
DTC Description ....................................................261 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 296
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................261 Component Inspection .......................................... 297
Component Inspection ...........................................262
P1078 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR .. 298
P0452, P0453 ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE DTC Description .................................................... 298
SENSOR .......................................................... 264 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 298
DTC Description ....................................................264 Component Inspection .......................................... 300
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................264
Component Inspection ...........................................266 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 301
DTC Description .................................................... 301
P0500 VSS ....................................................... 267 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 302
DTC Description ....................................................267
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................268 P1225 TP SENSOR .......................................... 304
DTC Description .................................................... 304
P0520 EOP SENSOR ...................................... 270 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 304
DTC Description ....................................................270
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................270 P1226 TP SENSOR .......................................... 305
Component Inspection ...........................................271 DTC Description .................................................... 305
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 305
P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE .................... 273
DTC Description ....................................................273 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ........... 306
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................274 DTC Description .................................................... 306
Component Inspection ...........................................275 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 306
Component Inspection .......................................... 308
P0550 PSP SENSOR ....................................... 276
DTC Description ....................................................276 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SEN-
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................276 SOR .................................................................. 309
Component Inspection ...........................................278 DTC Description .................................................... 309
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 309
P0603 ECM ...................................................... 279 Component Inspection .......................................... 311
DTC Description ....................................................279
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................279 P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ........... 312
DTC Description .................................................... 312
P0604 ECM ...................................................... 281 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 312
DTC Description ....................................................281 Component Inspection .......................................... 314
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................282
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ........... 315
P0605 ECM ...................................................... 283 DTC Description .................................................... 315
DTC Description ....................................................283 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 316
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................284 Component Inspection .......................................... 317
P0606 ECM ...................................................... 285 P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH .................. 318
DTC Description ....................................................285 DTC Description .................................................... 318
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................286 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 318
Component Inspection .......................................... 320
P0607 ECM ...................................................... 287
DTC Description ....................................................287 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ........................ 321
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................287 DTC Description .................................................... 321
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 322
P060A ECM ..................................................... 288 Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position
DTC Description ....................................................288 Switch) .................................................................. 325
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................289 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 326
Revision: November 2016 EC-4 2017 D23
Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ........... 359
Switch) .................................................................. 326 Component Function Check .................................. 359 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 359
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ...... 328 Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position
DTC Description .................................................... 328 Switch) ................................................................... 361
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 329 EC
Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................... 330 Switch) ................................................................... 361
DTC Description .................................................... 330 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ........................ 363 C
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 330 Description ............................................................. 363
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 331 Component Function Check .................................. 363
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MO- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 363 D
TOR RELAY ..................................................... 332 FUEL INJECTOR ............................................ 365
DTC Description .................................................... 332 Component Function Check .................................. 365
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 333 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 365 E
Component Inspection ........................................... 366
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
FUNCTION ....................................................... 335 FUEL PUMP .................................................... 368 F
DTC Description .................................................... 335 Description ............................................................. 368
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 335 Component Function Check .................................. 368
Component Inspection .......................................... 337 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 368
Component Inspection ........................................... 370 G
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR .......... 338
DTC Description .................................................... 338 IGNITION SIGNAL .......................................... 371
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 338 Component Function Check .................................. 371 H
Component Inspection .......................................... 339 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 371
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL Transistor) ............................................................. 374
ACTUATOR ...................................................... 340 I
Component Inspection (Condenser) ...................... 375
DTC Description .................................................... 340
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 341 INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD) ................. 376
Component Function Check .................................. 376 J
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ........................... 342 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 376
DTC Description .................................................... 342
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 342 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP .............. 377
Component Inspection .......................................... 344 K
Component Function Check .................................. 377
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 377
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ........................... 345
DTC Description .................................................... 345 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .......... 378 L
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 345 Component Function Check .................................. 378
Component Inspection .......................................... 347 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 378
P2135 TP SENSOR .......................................... 348 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT ......... 380 M
DTC Description .................................................... 348 Description ............................................................. 380
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 348 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 380
Component Inspection .......................................... 350 N
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 382
P2138 APP SENSOR ....................................... 351
DTC Description .................................................... 351 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................ 382
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 351 Symptom Table ..................................................... 382 O
Component Inspection .......................................... 353
INFORMATION DISPLAY IS MALFUNCTION-
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ............... 355 ING .................................................................. 386 P
Component Function Check .................................. 355 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 386
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 355
Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............. 387
Switch) .................................................................. 357 Description ............................................................. 387
Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position
Switch) .................................................................. 357
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 388
IDLE SPEED ................................................... 388
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ......................... 873 P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION ................. 917
Wiring Diagram ......................................................873 DTC Description .................................................... 917
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 917
BASIC INSPECTION .................................. 892 Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sen-
sor) ........................................................................ 918
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ...... 892 Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sen-
Work Flow ..............................................................892 sor) ........................................................................ 919
Diagnostic Work Sheet ..........................................894
P0088 FUEL SYSTEM ...................................... 920
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT DTC Description .................................................... 920
INCIDENT ........................................................ 896 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 920
Description .............................................................896 Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sen-
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................896 sor) ........................................................................ 921
Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) ................... 922
SERVICE AFTER REPLACING OR REMOV-
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump Suction Con-
ING ENGINE PARTS ....................................... 897 trol Valve) .............................................................. 922
Description .............................................................897
P0089 FUEL PUMP .......................................... 923
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING DTC Description .................................................... 923
ECM ................................................................. 898 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 923
Description .............................................................898 Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sen-
Work Procedure .....................................................898 sor) ........................................................................ 924
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CLOSED Component Inspection (Fuel Pump Suction Con-
trol Valve) .............................................................. 924
POSITION LEARNING VALUE CLEAR .......... 900
Description .............................................................900 P0093 FUEL SYSTEM ...................................... 926
Work Procedure .....................................................900 DTC Description .................................................... 926
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 927
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CLOSED
Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Relief
POSITION LEARNING .................................... 901 Valve) .................................................................... 928
Description .............................................................901
Work Procedure .....................................................901 P0097, P0098 IAT SENSOR 2 ......................... 929
DTC Description .................................................... 929
FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY LEARNING ..... 902 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 929
Description .............................................................902
Component Inspection (IAT sensor 2) .................. 931
Work Procedure .....................................................902
Revision: November 2016 EC-14 2017 D23
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .......................... 932 DTC Description .................................................... 957
DTC Description .................................................... 932 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 958 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 932
Component Inspection (Mass Air Flow Sensor) .... 933 P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR ......................... 959
DTC Description .................................................... 959
EC
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR1 .......................... 935 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 959
DTC Description .................................................... 935 Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Posi-
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 935 tion Sensor) ........................................................... 960
Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature C
Sensor 1) ............................................................... 936 P0234 TC SYSTEM ......................................... 962
DTC Description .................................................... 962
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ........................... 937 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 962
D
DTC Description .................................................... 937
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 937 P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR .............. 964
Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Tempera- DTC Description .................................................... 964
ture Sensor) .......................................................... 938 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 964 E
P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR ........................... 939 P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE .......... 966
DTC Description .................................................... 939 Description ............................................................. 966
DTC Description .................................................... 966 F
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 939
Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Posi- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 966
tion Sensor) ........................................................... 940 P0335, P0336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION G
P012B INTAKE AIR SYSTEM .......................... 942 SENSOR .......................................................... 968
DTC Description .................................................... 942 DTC Description .................................................... 968
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 942 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 968 H
Component Inspection (Turbocharger Boost Sen- Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sen-
sor) ........................................................................ 943 sor) ........................................................................ 969
P0182, P0183 FUEL TEMPERATURE SEN- P0340, P0341 CAMSHAFT POSITION SEN- I
SOR .................................................................. 944 SOR ................................................................. 971
DTC Description .................................................... 944 DTC Description .................................................... 971
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 944 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 971 J
Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sen-
P018C FUEL FILTER PRESSURE SWITCH .. 946 sor) ........................................................................ 973
DTC Logic ............................................................. 946
P0380, P0670 GLOW CONTROL UNIT .......... 974 K
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 946
Component Inspection .......................................... 947 DTC Description .................................................... 974
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 974
P018D FUEL FILTER PRESSURE SWITCH .. 949 Component Inspection (Glow Plug) ....................... 975 L
DTC Logic ............................................................. 949
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 949 P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE ..... 977
Component Inspection .......................................... 950 DTC Description .................................................... 977
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 977 M
P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR ........................... 952 Component Inspection ........................................... 978
DTC Description .................................................... 952
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 952 P0405, P0406 EGR VOLUME CONTROL N
Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sen- VALVE POSITION SENSOR .......................... 979
sor) ........................................................................ 953 DTC Description .................................................... 979
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 979 O
P0200 FUEL INJECTOR .................................. 955
Description ............................................................ 955 P0409 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE ..... 981
DTC Description .................................................... 955 DTC Description .................................................... 981
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 955 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 981 P
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJEC- P0473 EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR
TOR .................................................................. 956 1 ....................................................................... 983
DTC Description .................................................... 956 DTC Description .................................................... 983
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 956 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 983
Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure
P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 957 Sensor 1) ............................................................... 985
PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT EC
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000014267441
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SR and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING: D
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, it is recommended that all mainte-
nance and repair be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. E
• Improper repair, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury
caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module,
see the SR section.
F
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
G
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the H
Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the I
battery or batteries, and wait at least three minutes before performing any service.
Precautions Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnection
INFOID:0000000014267442
J
CAUTION:
Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction.
K
• Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position,
then disconnect both battery cables.
• After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect
both battery cables. L
• Always use CONSULT to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing
work. If a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results.
For vehicle with steering lock unit, if the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock and M
cannot be turned.
If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation pro-
cedure below before starting the repair operation.
N
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Connect both battery cables.
NOTE: O
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Turn the ignition switch to ACC position.
(At this time, the steering lock will be released.)
P
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables discon-
nected and the steering wheel can be turned.
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.
5. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turn
the ignition switch from ACC position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steering wheel will lock
when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.)
6. Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT.
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.
PIIB3706J
• In case of removing steering gear, make the final tightening with grounded and unloaded vehicle condition,
and then check wheel alignment.
• Observe the following precautions when disassembling.
- Before disassembly, thoroughly clean the outside of the unit.
- Disassembly should be done in a clean work area. It is important to prevent the internal parts from becoming
contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter.
- For easier and proper assembly, place disassembled parts in order on a parts rack.
- Use nylon cloth or paper towels to clean the parts; common shop rags can leave lint that might interfere with
their operation.
- Do not reuse non-reusable parts.
- Before assembling, apply the specified grease to the directed parts.
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine INFOID:0000000014267445
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will illuminate the malfunction indicator (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to illuminate.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to illuminate due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-9, "Harness Connec-
tor".
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the short circuit.
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system,
etc.
General Precautions INFOID:0000000014267446
JSBIA1315ZZ
SEF348N
SEF709Y
PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000014267447
EC
Tool number
Description C
Tool name
KV10120000 Measures fuel pressure
Fuel tube adapter
D
E
JSBIA0410ZZ
I
ZZA0061D
PBIC0198E
Fuel filler cap adapter Checks fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
L
i.e.: (MLR-8382) pressure
S-NT815
N
Socket wrench Removes and installs engine coolant temperature
sensor
O
P
S-NT705
S-NT779
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000014267449
EC
K
AWBIA2831ZZ
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Revision: November 2016 EC-25 2017 D23
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [QR25DE]
JSBIA5982ZZ
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve* EC-33, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve* EC-34, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
Ignition coil (with power transistor) EC-31, "Ignition Coil With Power Transistor"
EXHAUST COMPARTMENT
EC
JSBIA5983ZZ F
To engine assembly
G
No. Component Function
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 EC-34, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1"
H
Heated oxygen sensor 2 EC-35, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2"
BODY COMPARTMENT
I
ALBIA1296ZZ
Right front side of engine room Left front side of engine room Right side of transmission
Rear of fuel tank area Pedal periphery
: Vehicle front
JPBIA5843ZZ
L
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000014267451
JSBIA5987ZZ
P
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle body, throttle valve, throttle control motor and throttle posi-
tion sensor.
JSBIA0270GB
PBIB0145E
A
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the
power transistor. The power transistor turns ON and OFF the ignition
coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high EC
voltage in the coil secondary circuit.
D
JPBIA4613ZZ
H
JPBIA5845ZZ
FUEL PUMP
The ECM activates the fuel pump for 1 second after the ignition J
switch is turned ON to improve engine start ability. If the ECM
receives a engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor
(PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump
to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when the igni- K
tion switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation
and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The
ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It sends the control signal L
to the fuel pump control module, which in turn controls the fuel
pump.
JSBIA5988ZZ
M
Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000014267456 P
PBIA9559J
JPBIA5280ZZ
<Reference data>
A
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the oil pan facing
the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution. EC
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to C
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes. D
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
JPBIA5848ZZ
the engine revolution.
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) INFOID:0000000014267459 E
N
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor detects the protrusion of
the signal plate installed to the exhaust camshaft front end.
This sensor signal is used for sensing a position of the exhaust cam-
shaft. O
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change. P
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
JPBIA5847ZZ
JPBIA4038GB
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its
control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is
applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density
in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approxi-
mately 760°C (1,400°F).
JPBIA5446GB
A
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 EC
are shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner con- C
ditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation. D
SEF327R
JSBIA0284ZZ L
Engine Oil Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000014267466
The engine oil pressure (EOP) sensor is detects engine oil pressure M
and transmits a voltage signal to the ECM.
JSBIA0292ZZ P
The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil
temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM.
The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil tempera-
ture input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
JPBIA5280ZZ
<Reference data>
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals.
EVAP canister stores the generated fuel vapors in the sealed fuel
tank to activated charcoals of EVAP canister when the engine is not
operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
JSBIA3477ZZ
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
JSBIA5993ZZ
OUTLINE
JSBIA4556ZZ
N
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM.
PBIB2657E
Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor is installed to the power steering high-pressure tube and detects a
power steering load.
This sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load into output voltage, and emits the
voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the throttle valve
opening angle to increase the engine speed and adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.
Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position Switch INFOID:0000000014267474
Stop lamp switch and brake pedal position switch are installed to brake pedal bracket.
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal).
JSFIA2733ZZ
A
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance
for each button. ECM reads voltage variation of switch, and deter-
mines which button is operated. EC
D
JSBIA5990ZZ
PBIB0492E
PBIB1588E
EC
JMBIA1930GB F
From the beginning of refueling, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut
valve and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is
released to the atmosphere. G
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
H
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
• Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in workshop.
• Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area. I
• Be sure to furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
CAUTION:
• Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures: J
- Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
- Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-390, "Inspection".
- Disconnect battery ground cable.
• Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed. K
• Do not kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
• Do not tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
• After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connection. L
• Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
M
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA5979GB
NOTE:
Following items are used only for Chile models
P0605 — — —
ECM
P060B × — ASCD operation may be deactivated.
— — ASCD operation may be deactivated.
P0606 ECM
× — ASCD operation may be deactivated.
— — —
P0607 ECM
— × —
× — —
P060A ECM
× × ASCD operation may be deactivated.
P0643 ECM × — —
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulat-
ing the throttle opening to a small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
— —
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throt-
P2103 — — tle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees)
by the return spring.
P2101 Electric throttle control function ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throt-
— — tle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees)
by the return spring.
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throt-
— — tle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees)
by the return spring.
P0605 — — — —
ECM
P060B × — × ASCD operation may be deactivated.
— — — ASCD operation may be deactivated.
P0606 ECM
× — × ASCD operation may be deactivated.
— — — —
P0607 ECM
— × — —
× — × —
P060A ECM
× × × ASCD operation may be deactivated.
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle
— — — valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by
the return spring.
P1078 Exhaust valve timing control
× — × —
position sensor circuit
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulat-
ing the throttle opening to a small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
— — —
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle
P2103 — — — valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by
the return spring.
P2101 Electric throttle control func- ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle
tion — — — valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by
the return spring.
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle
— — — valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by
the return spring.
P2119 Electric throttle control actua-
— × — —
tor
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in reg-
P2123 sensor ulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be
P2127 within +10 degrees.
— — —
P2128 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to
P2138 be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
SYSTEM DIAGRAM EC
JSBIA6071GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION K
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined L
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION M
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase> N
• During warm-up
• When starting the engine
• During acceleration O
• Hot-engine operation
• High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease> P
• During deceleration
• During high engine speed operation
PBIB2793E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses A/F
sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the
injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about A/F sensor 1, refer to
EC-34, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1". This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric
(ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated
oxygen sensor 2.
• Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
- Deceleration and acceleration
- High-load, high-speed operation
- Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit
- Insufficient activation of A/F sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
- High engine coolant temperature
- During warm-up
- When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1.
This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoret-
ical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally
designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes dur-
ing operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the the-
oretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in
fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
EC
SEF337W
SYSTEM DIAGRAM I
N
JSBIA0076GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Firing order: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2 O
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) sig-
P
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
• During acceleration
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JPBIA4760GB
NOTE:
Intake valve timing control system is used only for Chile models
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
EC
I
JPBIA6316GB
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
J
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing (IVT) control sole-
noid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake
valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range. K
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000014267485
L
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
M
JPBIA4761GB
NOTE:
Exhaust valve timing control system is used only for Chile models
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Revision: November 2016 EC-51 2017 D23
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [QR25DE]
JPBIA5972GB
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the exhaust
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine oil tem-
perature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the exhaust valve timing (EVT) control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the exhaust valve
to increase engine torque and output in a range of high engine speed.
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE : System De-
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EC
D
JPBIA4922GB
NOTE:
Engine protection control at low engine oil pressure system is used only for Chile models E
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION H
• The engine protection control at low engine oil pressure warns the driver of a decrease in engine oil pres-
sure by the oil pressure warning lamp a before the engine becomes damaged.
• When detecting a decrease in engine oil pressure at an engine speed less than 1,000 rpm, ECM transmits I
an oil pressure warning lamp signal to the combination meter.The combination meter turns ON the oil pres-
sure warning lamp, according to the signal.
J
Combination meter
Decrease in engine oil pressure Engine speed Fuel cut
Oil pressure warning lamp
Less than 1,000 rpm ON* NO K
Detection
1,000 rpm or more ON YES
*: When detecting a normal engine oil pressure, ECM turns OFF the oil pressure warning lamp.
L
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA5986GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine.
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000014267488
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA0322GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION F
K
PBIB3039E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the L
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the M
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating.
N
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA6072GB
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- E
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 F
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-42, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN com-
munication for detail. G
WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS
WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Engine Oil Pressure Warning Lamp H
INFOID:0000000014267491
DESIGN/PURPOSE I
When engine oil pressure is low, the oil pressure warning lamp
informs the driver of low oil pressure to prevent damage to the
engine.
J
L
JPNIA1881ZZ
BULB CHECK
Not applicable M
OPERATION AT COMBINATION METER CAN COMMUNICATION CUT-OFF OR UNUSUAL SIG-
NAL
N
For the operation for CAN communications blackout or abnormal signal reception, refer to MWI-38, "Fail-Safe"
(with color display and I-key), MWI-170, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : Fail-Safe" (with color display and with-
out I-key), MWI-170, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : Fail-Safe" (with monochrome display).
O
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA3489GB
NOTE:
BCM is included in combination meter.
SIGNAL PATH
IPDM E/R received the engine oil pressure switch status from the oil pressure switch. After engine running
when the oil pressure switch is OFF and at least 5 seconds, IPDM E/R transmits the engine oil pressure warn-
ing signal to combination meter via CAN communication through BCM. Then the engine oil pressure warning
displays.
LIGHTING CONDITION
When any of the following conditions is satisfied:
• Ignition switch: OFF
• Engine oil pressure is the specified value or more.
SHUTOFF CONDITION
When any of the following conditions is satisfied:
• Ignition switch: OFF
• Engine oil pressure is the specified value or more.
TIMING CHART
JPBIA6026GB
DESIGN/PURPOSE
When a malfunction which increases exhaust gases is detected, ECM turns ON MIL and informs the driver of
the necessity of inspection and repair.
When a malfunction which causes damage to the catalyst is
detected, ECM immediately blinks MIL to alert the driver.
JPNIA1882ZZ
BULB CHECK
The bulb turns ON after turning ON the ignition switch (engine stop) and turns OFF after restarting the engine.
JPBIA6021GB
H
SIGNAL PATH
• When the lighting conditions of the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) are satisfied, ECM transmits a malfunc-
tion indicator lamp (MIL) signal to the combination meter via CAN communication.
• The combination meter turns ON or blinks the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL), according to a signal I
received from ECM.
LIGHTING CONDITION
J
When all of the following conditions are satisfied:
• Ignition switch: ON
• DTC which influences on exhaust gasses is judged. K
For DTCs that the malfunction indicator lamp turns ON and the number of DTC diagnosis trips, refer to EC-98,
"DTC Index".
SHUTOFF CONDITION L
When any of the following conditions is satisfied:
• Ignition switch: OFF
• Erase DTC M
TIMING CHART
N
JPBIA6022GB
JSCIA0831ZZ
DESIGN/PURPOSE
When engine oil pressure is low, the engine oil pressure warning informs the driver of low oil pressure to pre-
vent damage to the engine.
Symbol Message
JPNIA1881ZZ
BULB CHECK
Not applicable
OPERATION AT COMBINATION METER CAN COMMUNICATION CUT-OFF OR UNUSUAL SIG-
NAL
For the operation for CAN communications blackout or abnormal signal reception, refer to MWI-38, "Fail-Safe"
(with color display and I-key), MWI-170, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : Fail-Safe" (with color display and with-
out I-key), MWI-170, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : Fail-Safe" (with monochrome display).
EC
E
JSBIA3716GB
NOTE:
BCM is included in combination meter. F
SIGNAL PATH
• IPDM E/R receives a signal from the engine oil pressure switch and transmits an oil pressure switch signal to
BCM via CAN communication. G
• BCM transmits the received oil pressure switch signal to the combination meter via CAN communication.
• The information display (on combination meter) is SHOWN/HIDDEN the engine oil pressure warning,
according to the oil pressure switch signal received from BCM.
H
LIGHTING CONDITION
When all of the following conditions for at least 5 seconds are satisfied:
• Ignition switch: ON I
• Engine oil pressure is less than specified value. (Oil pressure switch signal: ON)
• Engine speed is more than 500 rpm.
SHUTOFF CONDITION J
When any of the following conditions is satisfied:
• Ignition switch: OFF
• Engine oil pressure is the specified value or more. (Oil pressure switch signal: OFF)
K
• Engine speed is less than 500 rpm.
TIMING CHART
L
P
JSBIA3700GB
t: 100 ms
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST
Name Function
Refer to EC-60, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : ASCD
ASCD indicator
Indicator".
Refer to EC-60, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : En-
Oil pressure warning
gine Oil Pressure Warning".
JSBIA5589ZZ F
SWITCH OPERATION
J
Item Function
CANCEL switch Cancels the cruise control driving.
K
• Resumes the set speed.
ACCEL/RES switch
• Increases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
• Sets desired cruise speed.
COAST/SET switch L
• Decreases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
MAIN switch Master switch to activate the ASCD system.
Refer to EC-56, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for ASCD operating M
instructions.
This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information
and detects a sensors/actuator-related malfunction. A malfunction is indicated by the malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) and stored in control module memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with
the diagnostic tool (GST: Generic Scan Tool).
GST (Generic Scan Tool) INFOID:0000000014267499
When GST is connected with a data link connector equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the
control module equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. Refer to GI-53,
"Description".
NOTE:
Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in C
the ECM memory, and the MIL illuminates. The MIL illuminates at the same time when the DTC is stored.
<2nd trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is per-
formed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink D
the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 – P0304
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172
2 Except the above items
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was saved in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System INFOID:0000000014267502
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on.
• The MIL will turn OFF after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs
while counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec-
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
COUNTER SYSTEM CHART
EC
L
JMBIA1417GB
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de- M
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
N
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM. O
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with- P
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-69, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
JMBIA1418GB
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de- A
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi- EC
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
C
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip D
freeze frame data will be cleared.
Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection
System” E
Driving Pattern A
Refer to EC-69, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
F
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-69, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000014267503
G
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed. H
DRIVING PATTERN A
Driving pattern A means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more. I
• Engine coolant temperature rises by 20°C (36°F) or more after starting the engine.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• The ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF. J
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
A.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving K
pattern A.
DRIVING PATTERN B
L
Driving pattern B means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• Vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (44 – 75 MPH) is maintained for 60 seconds or more under the control of M
closed loop.
• Vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) is maintained for 10 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop. N
• Under the closed loop control condition, the following state reaches 12 seconds or more in total: Vehicle
speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less with idling condition.
• The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total.
• A lapse of 22 minutes or more after engine start. O
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity.
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern P
B.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern B.
DRIVING PATTERN C
Driving pattern C means operating vehicle as per the following:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
PBIB0092E
PBIB3005E
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes per the following.
Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16
The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-sec-
onds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. Refer to EC-98, "DTC Index".
How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results
By performing this procedure, ECM memory is erased and the following diagnostic information is erased as
well.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• Test values
NOTE:
Also, if a battery terminal is disconnected, ECM memory is erased and the diagnostic information as listed
above is erased. (The amount of time required for erasing may vary from a few seconds to several hours.)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
FUNCTION D
Monitor Item
Selection
ECU
Monitored item Unit MAIN Description Remarks
IN-
SIG-
PUT
NAL
SIG-
S
NALS
• When the engine coolant tem-
perature sensor circuit is open
The engine coolant temperature (deter-
or shorted, ECM enters fail-
COOLAN TEMP/S °C or °F × × mined by the signal voltage of the engine
safe mode. The engine coolant
coolant temperature sensor) is displayed.
temperature determined by the
ECM is displayed.
The vehicle speed computed from the vehi-
VHCL SPEED SE km/h or mph × × cle speed signal sent from combination
meter is displayed.
The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-
BATTERY VOLT V × ×
played.
The intake air temperature (determined by
INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F × × the signal voltage of the intake air tempera-
ture sensor) is indicated.
Indicates the ignition timing computed by • When the engine is stopped, a
IGN TIMING BTDC ×
ECM according to the input signals. certain value is indicated.
The signal voltage of the heated oxygen
HO2S2 (B1) V × ×
sensor 2 is displayed.
• Engine: After warming up, idle the Steering wheel: Not being turned Off
PW/ST SIGNAL
engine Steering wheel: Being turned On
Rear window defogger switch: ON
On
and/or Lighting switch: 2nd position
LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch and lighting
Off
switch: OFF
IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON On → Off → On
A/F SEN1 DIAG2 DTC P014C and P014D self-diagnosis is incomplete. INCMP
(B1) DTC P014C and P014D self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
The vehicle condition is not within the diagnosis range of DTC P014C, P014D,
ABSNT
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 P015A or P015B.
(B1) The vehicle condition is within the diagnosis range of DTC P014C, P014D,
PRSNT
P015A or P015B.
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is incomplete. INCMP
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1)
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is complete. CMPLT
*1: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM inter-
nally. Thus, they differ from ECM terminals voltage signal.
*2: Before measuring the voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-140, "How to Handle
Battery".
EC
JSBIA0505ZZ
D
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
• ECM is located in the engine room left side near battery. E
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT.
F
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name G
Output
2.2 V
H
[Ignition switch: ON]
1 128 Throttle control motor • Engine stopped
Output
(G) (B) (Close) • Shift lever position: 1st
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released I
JMBIA0324GB
1.9 V
K
[Ignition switch: ON]
3 128 Throttle control motor • Engine stopped
Output
(L) (B) (Open) • Shift lever position: 1st
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed L
JMBIA0324GB
4 8 [Engine is running]
M
Knock sensor Input 2.5 V
(W) (B) • Idle speed
8 Sensor ground
— — — — N
(B) (Knock sensor)
JMBIA0090GB
12
— ECM ground — — —
(GR)
16
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
Battery voltage
(11 – 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Accelerator pedal: Not depressed
even slightly, after engine starting
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm
(More than 100 seconds after start-
ing engine.)
JSBIA6030GB
4.0
J
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE: K
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
M
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
N
JPBIA4727ZZ
JSBIA2957ZZ
2,340 – 3,280 Hz
[Engine is running]
35 34
Mass air flow sensor Input • Warm-up condition
(Y) (G)
• Idle speed
JSBIA2957ZZ
JPBIA4731ZZ
11 V
[Engine is running] J
• Warm-up condition
53 128
A/F sensor 1 heater Input • Idle speed
(R) (B)
(More than 140 seconds after start-
ing engine) K
JPBIA4732ZZ
10 V L
[Engine is running] M
54 128 Heated oxygen sensor 2
Output
(SB) (B) heater
JMBIA0325GB N
[Ignition switch: ON] Battery voltage
• Engine stopped (11 – 14 V)
[Engine is running] O
61*4 62*4 Battery temperature sen-
Input • Battery temperature: 25°C (77°F) 3.3 V
(G) (Y) sor
• Idle speed
Sensor ground P
62*4 —
(Battery current sensor,
— — —
(Y) battery temperature sen-
sor)
[Engine is running]
63*4 62*4 Battery current sensor Input • Battery: Fully charged*1 2.6 – 3.5 V
(W) (Y)
• Idle speed
3.5 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JMBIA0092GB
128 JMBIA0085GB
Output H
90 (B)
Ignition signal No. 3 0 – 0.4 V
(Y)
[Engine is running] I
• Warm-up condition
91 • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Ignition signal No. 4
(SB)
J
JMBIA0086GB
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF] K
0 – 1.0 V
• A few seconds after turning ignition
89 128 ECM relay switch OFF
Output
(BG) (B) (Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turn-
Battery voltage L
(11 – 14 V)
ing ignition switch OFF
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0V M
• Idle speed
93*4 128 Intake valve timing control
Output
(R) (B) solenoid valve [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition Battery voltage N
• When revving engine up to 2,000 (11 – 14 V)
rpm Quickly
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0V
O
94*4 128 Exhaust valve timing con- • Idle speed
Output
(W) (B) trol solenoid valve [Engine is running]
Battery voltage
• Warm-up condition P
(11 – 14 V)
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
99 Input/
— CAN-L — —
(P) Output
100 Input/
— CAN-H — —
(L) Output
111*3 —
ASCD steering switch
— — —
(B) ground
Sensor power supply
113 128
(Atmospheric pressure Output [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(BR) (B)
sensor)
124 1.8 – 4.8 V
114 Atmospheric pressure
(BR)*1 Input [Ignition switch: ON] Output voltage varies with atmo-
(W) sensor
(B)*2 spheric pressure.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
*1: With A/C L
*2: Without A/C
*3: With ASCD
*4: Models for Chile
M
Fail Safe INFOID:0000000014267508
P0605 — — —
ECM
P060B × — ASCD operation may be deactivated.
— — ASCD operation may be deactivated.
P0606 ECM
× — ASCD operation may be deactivated.
— — —
P0607 ECM
— × —
× — —
P060A ECM
× × ASCD operation may be deactivated.
P0643 ECM × — —
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulat-
ing the throttle opening to a small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
— —
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throt-
P2103 — — tle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees)
by the return spring.
P2101 Electric throttle control function ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throt-
— — tle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees)
by the return spring.
FOR CHILE E
DESCRIPTION
When a DTC is detected, ECM executes a mode (in the Fail-safe mode) applicable to the DTC. The fail-safe mode has the preset traveling con-
trol mode (accelerator angle variation and engine output limit) and device fix mode. F
Fail safe mode Vehicle behavior
ECM controls the accelerator pedal depression speed to make it slower than actual speed.
This causes a drop in accelerating performance and encourages the driver to repair malfunc- G
Accelerator angle
tion.
Traveling control variation control
NOTE:
mode ECM does not control the accelerator pedal releasing speed.
H
Engine output con- ECM reduces the engine output, according to the rise in engine speed. This reduces the ve-
trol hicle speed to encourage the driver to repair malfunction.
This mode fixes the IVT control solenoid valve and the EVT control solenoid valve in the ref-
Device fix mode I
erence position.
Vehicle behavior L
DTC
Detected items Pattern
No. Others
A B C
M
P0011 Intake valve timing control — — × —
P0014 Exhaust valve timing control
— — × —
P0078
N
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit
× × × —
P0103
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in reg- O
P0123 ulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be
P0222 within +10 degrees.
P0223 — — — The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to
P2135 be slower than the normal condition. P
So, the acceleration will be poor.
P0605 — — — —
ECM
P060B × — × ASCD operation may be deactivated.
— — — ASCD operation may be deactivated.
P0606 ECM
× — × ASCD operation may be deactivated.
— — — —
P0607 ECM
— × — —
× — × —
P060A ECM
× × × ASCD operation may be deactivated.
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle
— — — valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by
the return spring.
P1078 Exhaust valve timing control
× — × —
position sensor circuit
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulat-
ing the throttle opening to a small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
— — —
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle
P2103 — — — valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by
the return spring.
P2101 Electric throttle control func- ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle
tion — — — valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by
the return spring.
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle
— — — valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by
the return spring.
P2119 Electric throttle control actua-
— × — —
tor
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in reg-
P2123 sensor ulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be
P2127 within +10 degrees.
— — —
P2128 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to
P2138 be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
A
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
EC
Priority DTC Detected items
U1001 CAN communication line
P0102, P0103 Mass air flow sensor C
P0112, P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
P0117, P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
D
P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P1225, P1226, P2135 Throttle position sensor
P0327, P0328 Knock sensor
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) E
P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
1 P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
P0520 Engine oil pressure sensor F
P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P060A, P060B ECM
P0643 Sensor power supply
G
P0850 Park/neutral position switch
P1078 Exhaust valve timing control position sensor
P1550, P1551, P1552, P1553, P1554 Battery current sensor H
P1610, P1611, P1612, P1614, P1615 NATS
P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
I
P0031, P0032 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
P0037, P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0075 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve J
P0078 Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve
P0130, P0131, P0132, P014C, P014D Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
K
P0137, P0138, P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
2
P0452, P0453 Atmospheric pressure sensor L
P0550 Power steering pressure sensor
P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
P1805 Brake switch
M
DTC*1
Items A
CONSULT Trip MIL Reference page
(CONSULT screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-248 EC
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 2 × EC-252
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 2 × EC-256
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V 2 × EC-261 C
P0452 0452 EVAP SYS PRES SEN*5 2 × EC-264
DTC*1
Items
CONSULT Trip MIL Reference page
(CONSULT screen terms)
*2 ECM*3
GST
SEC-80 (With I-
key)
P1614 1614 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU 2 —
SEC-248 (With-
out I-key)
SEC-82 (With I-
key)
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY 2 —
SEC-251 (With-
out I-key)
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT 1 or 2 — EC-330
P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 1 × or — EC-332
P2101 2101 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 1 × or — EC-335
P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR 1 × or — EC-332
P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 1 × or — EC-338
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 1 × or — EC-340
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × or — EC-342
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × or — EC-342
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × or — EC-345
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × or — EC-345
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 1 × or — EC-348
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR 1 × or — EC-351
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J1979/ ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT.
*5: This item indicates the atmospheric pressure sensor.
*6: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
*7: This self-diagnosis is not for ECM power supply circuit, even though “ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT” is dis-
played on CONSULT screen.
Test Value and Test Limit INFOID:0000000014632023
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen.
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the
ECM. (e.g., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed)
WIRING DIAGRAM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000014267512
ABBWA1843GB
EC
ABBWA1844GB
ABBWA1845GB
EC
ABBWA1846GB
ABBIA3658GB
EC
ABBIA3659GB
ABBIA3660GB
EC
ABBIA3661GB
ABBIA3662GB
EC
ABBIA3663GB
ABBIA3664GB
EC
ABBIA3665GB
ABBIA3666GB
EC
ABBIA3667GB
ABBIA3668GB
EC
ABBIA3669GB
BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000014267513
OVERALL SEQUENCE
JSBIA1228GB
DETAILED FLOW
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC C
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT or GST.) D
- Erase only DTC of “ENGINE”.
With CONSULT: “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-73, "CONSULT Function".
Without CONSULT: “How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results” in EC-70, "On Board Diagnosis Function". E
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
(Symptom Matrix Chart is useful. Refer to EC-382, "Symptom Table".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
F
Are any symptoms described and any DTCs detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
G
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON). H
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-387, "Description" and EC-
93, "Fail Safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident. I
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 5. J
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to Refer to EC-387, "Description" K
and EC-93, "Fail Safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. L
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then check that DTC is detected
again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-97, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble N
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected. O
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR- P
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check according to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Revision: November 2016 EC-125 2017 D23
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [QR25DE]
Perform EC-128, "Work Procedure".
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9.
7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE
With CONSULT
Check that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “A/
F ALPHA-B2” are within the SP value using “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. Refer to EC-
142, "Component Function Check".
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-143, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-382, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in
step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptoms.
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-47, "Circuit Inspec-
tion".
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT. Refer to EC-81, "Reference Value".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. Refer to the following.
With CONSULT: “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-73, "CONSULT Function".
Without CONSULT: “How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results” in EC-70, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then check that the malfunction have been completely repaired.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and check that
the symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, always erase unnecessary DTC in ECM ( With
CONSULT: Refer to “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-73, "CONSULT Function",
EC
DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate. C
In general, each customer feels differently about symptoms. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint. D
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the WORKSHEET SAMPLE
below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to illuminate or blink, and DTC
to be detected. Examples: E
• Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L
• Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere. F
WORKSHEET SAMPLE
MTBL0017
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF976U
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
PBIA8513J
1. Stop engine.
2. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-135, "Description".
E
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING F
Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. Refer to EC-136, "Description".
G
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform Idle Air Volume Learning. Refer to EC-137, "Description". H
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4. I
7.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
2. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-388, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-394, "Idle Speed".
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 8.
L
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the Following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-252, "DTC Description". M
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-248, "DTC Description".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. N
NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
O
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
SEC-72, "Description" (with I-key) or SEC-241, "Description" (without I-key). P
>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.
Timing indicator
JSBIA6015ZZ
>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. Refer to EC-136, "Description".
>> GO TO 13.
13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform Idle Air Volume Learning. Refer to EC-137, "Description".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4.
14.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-388, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-394, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 17.
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
For procedure, refer to EC-389, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-394, "Ignition Timing".
Timing indicator
JSBIA6015ZZ
When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed. (For details, refer to EC-132, "Work Proce-
dure".)
PROGRAMMING OPERATION
NOTE:
After replacing with a blank ECM, programming is required to write ECM information. Be sure to follow the pro-
cedure to perform the programming.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000014267517
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM PART NUMBER
Check ECM part number to see whether it is blank ECM or not.
NOTE:
• Part number of blank ECM is 23703 - ×××××.
• Check part number when ordering ECM or the one included in the label on the container box.
Is the ECM a blank ECM?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.SAVE ECM PART NUMBER
Read out the part number from the old ECM and save the number, following the programming instructions.
Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual.
NOTE:
• The ECM part number is saved in CONSULT.
• Even when ECM part number is not saved in CONSULT, go to 4.
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM ECM PROGRAMMING
After replacing ECM, perform the ECM programming. Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual.
NOTE:
• Refer to EC-392, "Removal and Installation" for replacement of ECM.
• During programming, maintain the following conditions:
- Ignition switch: ON
- Electric load: OFF
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
- Battery voltage: 12 – 13.5 V (Be sure to check the value of battery voltage by selecting “BATTERY VOLT” in
“Data monitor” of CONSULT.)
>> GO TO 6.
5.REPLACE ECM
Revision: November 2016 EC-132 2017 D23
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [QR25DE]
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-392, "Removal and Installation".
A
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF NATS SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL NATS IGNITION KEY IDS EC
Perform Initialization of NATS System and Registration of All NATS Ignition Key IDS. Refer to SEC-72,
"Description" (with I-key) or SEC-241, "Description" (without I-key).
C
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK ECM DATA STATUS
D
Check if the data is successfully copied from the ECM at Step 1 (before replacement) and saved in CONSULT.
Is the data saved successfully?
YES >> GO TO 8. E
NO >> GO TO 9.
8.WRITE ECM DATA
With CONSULT F
1. Select “WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE: G
The data saved by “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” is written to ECM.
>> GO TO 10. H
9.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
Perform VIN Registration. Refer to EC-134, "Description".
I
>> GO TO 10.
10.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING J
Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-135, "Description".
K
>> GO TO 11.
11.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. Refer to EC-136, "Description". L
>> GO TO 12.
M
12.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform Idle Air Volume Learning. Refer to EC-137, "Description".
N
>> END
VIN Registration is an operation to registering VIN in ECM. (For details, refer to EC-134, "Work Procedure".)
It must be performed each time ECM is replaced.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000014267519
1.CHECK VIN
Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-36, "Identification Number".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and engine stopped.
2. Select “VIN REGISTRATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
>> END
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the EC
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. (For details, refer to EC-
135, "Work Procedure".)
It must be performed each time harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is discon-
nected. C
1.START D
>> END
G
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle
valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. (For details, refer to EC-136, "Work Procedure".)
It must be performed each time the harness connector of the electric throttle control actuator or ECM is dis-
connected or electric throttle control actuator inside is cleaned.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000014267523
1.START
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “CLSD THL POS LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Follow the instructions on the CONSULT display.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Without CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
NOTE:
Engine coolant temperature is 25°C (77°F) or less before engine starts.
2. Warm up the engine.
NOTE:
Raise engine coolant temperature until it reaches 65°C (149°F) or more.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
>> END
Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine idle speed EC
within the specific range. (For details, refer to EC-137, "Work Procedure".)
It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
• Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification. C
1.PRECONDITIONING D
SEC897C
>> GO TO 4
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING
Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifi-
cations. For specification, refer to EC-394, "Idle Speed" and EC-394, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following
• Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
• Check PCV valve operation.
• Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of
the incident.
It is useful to perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE”. Refer to EC-142, "Description".
If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and
perform Idle Air Volume Learning all over again:
• Engine stalls.
• Erroneous idle.
This describes how to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. (For details, refer to EC-139, "Work Proce- EC
dure".)
For the actual procedure, follow the instructions in “Diagnosis Procedure”.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000014267527 C
1.START
With CONSULT D
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching “CLEAR”. E
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
F
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected. G
7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102.
>> END H
>> END
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
CAUTION:
• Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
• The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for other
purposes.
• Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
connector maintains sealability with O-rings inside.
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/C,
etc.) Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine load and changes in
manifold vacuum.
NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres-
sure cannot be completely released because this models do not have fuel return system.
1.FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check (B) and fuel tube
adapter (SST: KV10120000) (D), then connect fuel pressure
gauge (A).
: To quick connector
: To fuel tube (engine side)
C : Hose clamp
CAUTION:
• Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine
NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector). PBIB2982E
• To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use mod-
erately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
• Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it.
• Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
3. Disconnect fuel feed hose from fuel tube. Refer to EM-42, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.
JSBIA6010ZZ
I
6. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg,
22 lb) to confirm fuel tube does not come off.
7. Reinstall the part removed at Step 3. J
NOTE:
Install the part to allow smooth engine starts.
8. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage. K
9. Start the engine and check for fuel leakage.
10. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
CAUTION:
L
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate
false readings.
• During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.
M
At idling : Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL HOSES AND FUEL TUBES O
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-7, "Removal and P
Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description INFOID:0000000014267529
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode of CONSULT during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC” of
“DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value
in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one
or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion)
• A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz) (The signal frequency of the mass air flow sensor)
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014267530
1.START
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
• Transmission: Warmed-up (After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for
5 minutes.)
• Electrical load: Not applied*
• Engine speed: Idle
*: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM “SPEC” OF “DATA MONITOR” MODE
With CONSULT
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-128, "Work Procedure".
2. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)” in “SPEC” of “DATA
MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> END
NO >> Proceed to EC-143, "Diagnosis Procedure".
A
OVERALL SEQUENCE
EC
P
PBIB2318E
PBIB3213E
DETAILED PROCEDURE
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-142, "Component Function Check".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the each indication is
within the SP value.
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value. F
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 6. G
NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25.
4.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1. Stop the engine. H
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
4. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within I
the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 5. J
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine. K
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving L
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
dition.
M
>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the each indication is
within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 15.
15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
Revision: November 2016 EC-146 2017 D23
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [QR25DE]
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it. A
>> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” EC
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
C
the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END D
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-382, "Symptom Table".
17.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the E
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END F
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 18.
NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25.
18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity H
- Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc. I
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
J
>> GO TO 22.
>> GO TO 29.
25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 27.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.
26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 27.
27.CHECK “MAS AIR FLOW SENSOR (HZ)”
Select “MAS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indica-
tion is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 28.
NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, refer to EM-25, "Exploded View", and then
GO TO 30.
28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
• Looseness of oil filler cap
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve
• Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve
• Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not blowing.
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
12
F73
16
F57 52 Ground Existed
123
E55
128
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN)-1
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal
E55 121 128 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN)--2
Revision: November 2016 EC-150 2017 D23
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [QR25DE]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following. A
ECM
Voltage EC
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
After turning ignition switch
E55 121 128 OFF, battery voltage will ex- Drop to 0 V
C
ist for a few seconds
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 7.
6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN) CIRCUIT E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. F
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
G
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E55 121 E121 26 Existed H
ECM K
Voltage
+ − Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
L
Ignition switch ON 0V
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F57 89 E121 31 Existed
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Ignition switch OFF 0V
E55 109 128
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK IGNITION SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E55 109 E119 18 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP)
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F57 81 E55 128 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check Intermittent Incident. Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP) CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ − A
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
F57 81 E121 32 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
D
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267534
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-24, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart".
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: M
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 11 V and 16 V at
idle.
N
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1 O
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady P
as possible.
PBIA8559J
Check the crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-250, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? EC
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-90, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) C
Check the camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EC-254, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-61, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK INTAKE CAMSHAFT E
Check the following.
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft G
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-62, "Removal
and Installation".
H
JPBIA5855ZZ
>> GO TO 3. O
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. P
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady
as possible.
PBIA8559J
Check the exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-162, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-50, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) F
Check the crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-250, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-90, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR H
Check the exhaust valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EC-300, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. I
NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EM-61, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT (EXH) J
Check the following.
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
L
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-62, "Removal
and Installation".
JPBIA5856ZZ
POSSIBLE CAUSE
F
DTC P0031
• Harness or connectors (A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is open or shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1 heater G
DTC P0032
• Harness or connectors (A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1 heater H
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
I
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure J
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. K
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than between 11 V at
L
idle.
>> GO TO 2.
M
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. N
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-163, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident". O
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267542
P
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
+
A/F sensor 1 − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F65 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F65 3 F57 53 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Check the A/F sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-164, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-39, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant
(commercial service tool).
A/F sensor 1 A
+ − Resistance
Terminal
EC
4 1.8 - 2.44 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
3 1
2 ∞Ω C
1 (Continuity should not exist)
4
2
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. E
2.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-39, "Exploded View".
CAUTION: F
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner G
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).
H
>> INSPECTION END
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0037
• Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is open or shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
DTC P0038
• Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-167, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
A
1.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector. EC
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between HO2S2 harness connector and ground.
C
+
HO2S2 − Voltage
D
Connector Terminal
F13 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. G
+ −
H
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F13 3 F57 54 Existed I
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. J
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER K
Check the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater. Refer to EC-167, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END L
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
M
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-6, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. N
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool). O
>> GO TO 2. I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. J
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-169, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267548 L
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING (IVT) CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect IVT control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground. N
+
IVT control solenoid valve − Voltage O
Connector Terminal
F134 1 Ground Battery voltage
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
IVT control solenoid valve IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F134 1 E121 25 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IVT control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
IVT control solenoid valve ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F134 2 F57 93 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check the IVT control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-170, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace IVT control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-50, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014267549
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve
FAIL-SAFE
>> GO TO2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-172, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267551
+
EVT control solenoid valve − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F135 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
+ +
C
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
DTC P0102
• Harness or connectors (Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake air leaks
F
• Mass air flow sensor
• Sensor power supply 2 circuit
DTC P0103
G
• Harness or connectors (Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Mass air flow sensor
• Sensor power supply 2 circuit
H
FAIL-SAFE
EXCEPT FOR CHILE
I
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Fail safe mode Vehicle behavior
ECM controls the accelerator pedal depression speed to make it slower than actual speed. This
J
Accelerator an-
causes a drop in accelerating performance and encourages the driver to repair malfunction.
gle variation
Traveling control NOTE:
control
mode ECM does not control the accelerator pedal releasing speed. K
Engine output ECM reduces the engine output, according to the rise in engine speed. This reduces the vehicle
control speed to encourage the driver to repair malfunction.
FOR CHILE L
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected DTC.
Which DTC is detected?
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Reconnect the parts. Refer to EM-30, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground.
+
MAF sensor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F53 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
+ −
C
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 2 F73 36 Existed D
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> Check sensor power supply 2 circuit. Refer to EC-380, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. G
+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity H
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 3 F73 34 Existed
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
J
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
K
+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
L
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 1 F73 35 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N
7.CHECK MAF SENSOR
Check the MAF sensor. Refer to EC-177, "Component Inspection". O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-30, "Exploded View". P
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014267555
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Intake air temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake air temperature sensor
• Sensor power supply 2 circuit
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-180, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267557
+
Voltage
MAF sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F53 4 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 4 F73 33 Existed
D
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
G
+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
F53 3 F73 34 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check the intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-181, "Component Inspection".
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-30, "Exploded
View". L
M
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
2. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals under the following conditions. N
MAF sensor
+ - Condition Resistance O
Terminal
4 3 Temperature° C (°F) 20 (68) 2.342 – 2.531 kΩ
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-30, "Exploded
View".
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-182, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267560
+
Voltage
ECT sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F24 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
+ −
ECT sensor ECM Continuity C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F24 1 F73 28 Existed
D
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
G
+ −
ECT sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
F24 2 F73 27 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground to power. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check the engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-183, "Component Inspection".
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EM-70, "Exploded View".
L
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014267561
+
Voltage
Electric throttle control actuator −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F50 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 2 F57 80 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 4 F57 78 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ − A
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal EC
F50 3 F57 77 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. D
6.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check the throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-187, "Component Inspection".
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-36, "Exploded View".
F
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014267564
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage J
Connector
Terminal
Fully released More than 0.36 V
Sensor 1 79 K
Accelerator Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
F57 78
pedal Fully released Less than 4.75 V
Sensor 2 77
Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-36, "Exploded View". M
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Let it idle for 2 minutes.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 7.
3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
1. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
Does the indication fluctuates around 2.2 V?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-1
1. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CON-
SULT.
2. Touch “START”.
3. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT screen.
+
A/F sensor 1 − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F65 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F65 4 E121 25 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 41
F65 F73 Existed
2 45
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.
+
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
F65 Ground Not existed
2
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
41
F73 Ground Not existed
45
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
Revision: November 2016 EC-190 2017 D23
P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [QR25DE]
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. A
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
C
5.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-39, "Exploded View".
CAUTION: D
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner E
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).
F
>> INSPECTION END
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is the indication constantly approx. 0 V?
YES >> Proceed to EC-193, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
2. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
3. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.
+ G
A/F sensor 1 − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F65 4 Ground Battery voltage H
+ − P
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 41
F65 F73 Existed
2 45
+
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
F65 Ground Not existed
2
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
41
F73 Ground Not existed
45
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-39, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• Harness or connectors (A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE F
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION
With CONSULT K
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication. L
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is the indication constantly approx. 5 V? M
YES >> Proceed to EC-196, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE N
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
2. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine. O
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
3. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds. P
+
A/F sensor 1 − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F65 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F65 4 E121 25 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 41
F65 F73 Existed
2 45
+
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity EC
Connector Terminal
1
F65 Ground Not existed C
2
+ D
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
E
41
F73 Ground Not existed
45
5. Also check harness for short to power. F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. G
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-45, "Intermittent Incident". H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. I
5.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-39, "Exploded View".
CAUTION: J
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner K
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).
L
>> INSPECTION END
JPBIA5997ZZ
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leaks
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT?
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
ECM
O
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 The voltage should be above 0.73 V P
F73 22 23
minutes at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-3
Revision: November 2016 EC-199 2017 D23
P0137 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [QR25DE]
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in The voltage should be above 0.73 V
F73 22 23
5th position at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-200, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267572
+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F13 1 F73 23 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F13 2 F73 22 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.
+
HO2S2 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F13 2 Ground Not existed
+ A
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
EC
F73 22 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 D
1.INSPECTION START J
Do you have CONSULT?
Do you have CONSULT?
K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 L
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. M
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT, and select “HO2S2 N
(B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%.
O
JSBIA3451ZZ
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.73 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is + 25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.28 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is − 25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-1
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.73 V
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no at least once during this procedure.
F73 22 23
load at least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.28 V
at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-2
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.73 V
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 at least once during this procedure.
F73 22 23
minutes The voltage should be below 0.28 V
at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-3
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.73 V
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in at least once during this procedure.
F73 22 23
5th position The voltage should be below 0.28 V
at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
Revision: November 2016 EC-202 2017 D23
P0137 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [QR25DE]
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 A
: 1.3 V
JSBIA4884GB
MALFUNCTION B
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during the
various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
: 0.28 V
JSBIA5997GB
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0138 – A
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
DTC P0138 – B
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Revision: November 2016 EC-204 2017 D23
P0138 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [QR25DE]
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A C
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. D
4. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? E
YES >> Proceed to EC-206, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 5. F
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
NOTE:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). G
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F). I
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
9. Follow the instruction of CONSULT. J
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
10. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
K
Which is displayed on CONSULT
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Proceed to EC-206, "Diagnosis Procedure".
L
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). M
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
>> GO TO 3. N
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-1
Without CONSULT O
NOTE:
Use component function check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. P
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no The voltage should be below 0.28 V
F73 22 23
load at least 10 times at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-2
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 The voltage should be below 0.28 V
F73 22 23
minutes at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-3
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in The voltage should be below 0.28 V
F73 22 23
5th position at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-206, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267575
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-204, "DTC Description".
Which malfunction is detected?
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Check connectors for water.
+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F13 1 F73 23 Existed
D
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. F
+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
G
K
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal L
F73 22 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power. M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. N
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check the heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-209, "Component Inspection".
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
P
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-6, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F13 1 F73 23 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F13 2 F73 22 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.
+
HO2S2 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F13 2 Ground Not existed
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F73 22 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
1.INSPECTION START
G
Do you have CONSULT?
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2. H
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT, and select “HO2S2
K
(B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%.
JSBIA3451ZZ
O
: The voltage should be above 0.73 V at least on time.
: The voltage should be below 0.28 V at least on time.
P
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.73 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is + 25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.28 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is − 25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-1
Revision: November 2016 EC-209 2017 D23
P0138 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [QR25DE]
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.73 V
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no at least once during this procedure.
F73 22 23
load at least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.28 V
at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-2
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.73 V
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 at least once during this procedure.
F73 22 23
minutes The voltage should be below 0.28 V
at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-3
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.73 V
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in at least once during this procedure.
F73 22 23
5th position The voltage should be below 0.28 V
at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-6, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).
EC
SEF302U
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
• Fuel system
• EVAP system
• Intake air system
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0139 or P0159 is detected with DTC P0137, P0138, P0157 or P0158, perform trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0137, P0138, P0157 or P0158.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-98, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT?
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 12.
3.PRECONDITIONING
NOTE:
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds.
• For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F)
• “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3”
are completed.
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry this procedure from PERFORM
PROCEDURE FOR COND1 - 2.
>> GO TO 4. A
4.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1 - 1
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. EC
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1 - 2 C
>> GO TO 10. P
10.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND3 - 2
Touch “SELF DIAGRESULTS”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen?
“OK”-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
“OK”-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
“NG” >> Proceed to EC-215, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: November 2016 EC-213 2017 D23
P0139 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [QR25DE]
“CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED”>>GO TO 11.
11.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND3 - 3
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Start engine and warm it up until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
>> GO TO 6.
12.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-1
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no The voltage should be above 0.12 V
F73 22 23
load at least 10 times at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 13.
13.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-2
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 The voltage should be above 0.12 V
F73 22 23
minutes at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 14.
14.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-3
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in The voltage should be above 0.12 V
F73 22 23
5th position at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
1.DTC PRIORITY EC
If DTC P0139 or P0159 is detected with DTC P0137, P0138, P0157 or P0158, perform trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0137, P0138, P0157 or P0158.
Is applicable DTC detected? C
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-98, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE D
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-139, "Description".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? E
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-224, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT F
H
+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal I
F13 1 F73 23 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to power.
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
K
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
L
+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
M
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F13 2 F73 22 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and N
ground.
+ O
HO2S2 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F13 2 Ground Not existed
P
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F73 22 Ground Not existed
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT?
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT, and select “HO2S2
(B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%.
JSBIA3451ZZ
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.73 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is + 25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.28 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is − 25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
ECM D
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
E
The voltage should be above 0.73 V
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no at least once during this procedure.
F73 22 23
load at least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.28 V
at least once during this procedure. F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4. G
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-2
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. H
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage I
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.73 V
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 at least once during this procedure. J
F73 22 23
minutes The voltage should be below 0.28 V
at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-3 L
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. K
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6. L
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
With CONSULT M
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Increase the engine speed up to about 3,600 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds. O
8. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
9. Check the items status of “DATA MONITOR” as follows.
NOTE:
If “PRSNT” changed to “ABSNT”, refer to EC-142, "Component Function Check". P
>> GO TO 2. E
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). F
PBIB1216E I
Is exhaust gas leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 3. J
3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
K
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 4. L
4.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-139, "Description".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. M
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-224, "DTC Description" or EC- N
229, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT O
+
A/F sensor 1 – Voltage
Connector Terminal
F65 4 Ground Battery voltage
+ –
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 41
F65 F73 Existed
2 45
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.
+
A/F sensor 1 – Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
F65 Ground Not existed
2
+
ECM – Continuity
Connector Terminal
41
F73 Ground Not existed
45
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-164, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 11.
8.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-177, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-30, "Exploded View".
9.CHECK PCV VALVE
Refer to EC-391, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair or replace PCV valve. Refer to EM-32, "Exploded View".
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Revision: November 2016 EC-222 2017 D23
P014C, P014D A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [QR25DE]
Perform GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace.
11.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 EC
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-39, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
C
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial D
service tool).
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Intake air leaks
• A/F sensor 1
• Exhaust gas leaks
• Incorrect fuel pressure
• Lack of fuel
• Mass air flow sensor
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
FAIL-SAFE
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-139, "Description".
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Revision: November 2016 EC-224 2017 D23
P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [QR25DE]
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE: A
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the
engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start? EC
YES >> Proceed to EC-225, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2 C
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? D
YES >> Proceed to EC-225, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-3 E
G
VHCL SPEED SE 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH)
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. H
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-225, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267583 J
N
PBIB1216E
+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 41
F65 F73 Existed
2 45
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.
+
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
F65 Ground Not existed
2
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
41
F73 Ground Not existed
45
6. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-140, "Work Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. Refer to EM-42, "Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-7, "Removal and
Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Check “MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
ECM
E
+ − Condition Value
Connector
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 3,333 Hz F
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating tem-
F73 35 34 2,340 - 3,280 Hz
perature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 2,340 - 3,280 Hz to Approx. 1.100 Hz* G
*: Check for linear frequency rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the measurement value within the specification?
H
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
grounds. Refer to EC-175, "DTC Description".
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR I
With CONSULT
1. Start engine. J
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
K
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
L
Clicking noise should be heard.
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for “FUEL INJECTOR”, refer
to EC-365, "Component Function Check".
N
PBIB3332E
O
8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. P
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-42, "Removal and Installation".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
5. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
6. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
PBIA9666J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1 O
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-139, "Description".
2. Start engine.
P
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
Revision: November 2016 EC-229 2017 D23
P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [QR25DE]
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the
engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start?
YES >> Proceed to EC-230, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-230, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-3
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
PBIB1216E
+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity EC
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 41
F65 F73 Existed C
2 45
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground. D
+
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity E
Connector Terminal
1
F65 Ground Not existed F
2
+ G
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
H
41
F73 Ground Not existed
45
6. Also check harness for short to power. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-140, "Work Procedure". K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5. L
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. Refer to EM-42, "Exploded View".
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-7, "Removal and
Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. N
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT O
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Check “MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
P
ECM
+ − Condition Value
Connector
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 3,333 Hz
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating tem-
F73 35 34 2,340 - 3,280 Hz
perature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 2,340 - 3,280 Hz to Approx. 1.100 Hz*
*: Check for linear frequency rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
grounds. Refer to EC-175, "DTC Description".
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
PBIB3332E
PBIA9666J
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (EOT sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Engine oil temperature sensor
FAIL-SAFE
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-234, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267587
+
Voltage
EOT sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F132 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
+ −
C
EOT sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F132 1 F73 25 Existed D
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EOT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EOT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. G
+ −
EOT sensor ECM H
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F132 2 F73 26 Existed
I
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. J
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check the engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EC-235, "Component Inspection". K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-90, "Exploded View". L
M
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine oil temperature sensor harness connector. N
3. Remove engine oil temperature sensor.
4. Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor termi-
nals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
O
+
Voltage
Electric throttle control actuator −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F50 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 2 F57 80 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 4 F57 78 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ − A
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal EC
F50 1 F57 79 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
6.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check the throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-239, "Component Inspection".
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-36, "Exploded View".
F
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014267591
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage J
Connector
Terminal
Fully released More than 0.36V
Sensor 1 79 K
Accelerator Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
F57 78
pedal Fully released Less than 4.75V
Sensor 2 77
Fully depressed More than 0.36V
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-36, "Exploded View". M
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Improper spark plug
• Insufficient compression
• Incorrect fuel pressure
• Fuel Injector circuit is open or shorted
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leak
• Ignition signal circuit is open or shorted
• Lack of fuel
• Signal plate
• A/F sensor 1
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
FAIL-SAFE
>> GO TO 2.
F
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
3. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? H
YES >> Proceed to EC-242, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2 I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle as per the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below. J
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time. K
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when
driving.
L
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
M
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F),
N
T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
O
Engine speed Time
Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 23 minutes
Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 12 minutes P
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 8 minutes
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-242, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
PBIB3332E
O
SEF156I
+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F65 1 F73 41 Existed
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
+
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F65 1 Ground Not existed
+ A
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
EC
F73 41 Ground Not existed
6. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
15.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Knock sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Knock sensor
FAIL-SAFE
No applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-246, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267595
+ −
Knock sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F18 2 F73 8 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
+ −
Knock sensor ECM Continuity C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F18 1 F73 4 Existed
D
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. E
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
Check the knock sensor. Refer to EC-247, "Component Inspection". F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-90, "Exploded View". G
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is open or shorted.]
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Signal plate
FAIL-SAFE
No applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0335 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-292, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-248, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267598
+
Voltage
CKP sensor (POS) − C
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F11 1 Ground 5V
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
E
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F
3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − G
CKP sensor (POS) ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
H
F11 1 F57 72 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> INSPECTION END.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector. K
+ −
CKP sensor (POS) ECM Continuity
L
+ − P
CKP sensor (POS) ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F11 3 F57 71 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
Revision: November 2016 EC-249 2017 D23
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [QR25DE]
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Check the crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-250, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-90, "Exploded View".
7.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
1. Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-90, "Exploded View".
2. Look into the mounting hole of the crankshaft position sensor
(POS) to check that there is no missing gear tooth in the signal
plate .
JPBIA4623ZZ
PBIA9209J
EC
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Camshaft position sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Camshaft position sensor
• Camshaft (Intake)
• Starter motor
• Starting system circuit
• Dead (Weak) battery
• Sensor power supply 2 circuit
FAIL-SAFE
No applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-252, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
1. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-252, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267601
+ −
I
CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F23 1 F73 32 Existed J
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is inspection result normal?
K
YES >> Check sensor power supply 2 circuit. Refer to EC-380, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector. M
+ −
CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM Continuity N
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F23 2 F73 30 Existed
O
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. P
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F23 3 F73 31 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Check the camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EC-254, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-61, "Exploded View".
7.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INT)
Check the following.
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-61,
"Exploded View".
JPBIA5855ZZ
PBIA9876J
SEF484YB
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Three way catalyst (manifold)
• Exhaust tube
• Intake air leaks
• Fuel injector
• Spark plug
• Improper ignition timing
FAIL-SAFE
No applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
With CONSULT
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
8. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
Revision: November 2016 EC-256 2017 D23
P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [QR25DE]
9. Open engine hood.
10. Select “SRT & P-DTC” with CONSULT. A
11. Rev engine up to 2,500 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator
pedal completely.
12. Check the indication of “CATALYST”.
EC
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen?
CMPLT >> GO TO 5.
INCMP >> GO TO 3.
C
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
1. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
2. Rev engine up to 2,500 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It D
will take approximately 5 minutes).
Does the indication change to “CMPLT”?
YES >> GO TO 5. E
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
F
1. Stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F).
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
G
>> GO TO 2.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-3
Check 1st trip DTC. H
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-257, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V) N
Connector
Terminal
The voltage fluctuation cycle takes more
Keeping engine speed at 2500 rpm O
F73 22 23 than 5 seconds.
constant under no load
• 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - 1.0
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident". P
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-257, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267604
PBIB1216E
SEF156I
N
9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-3
1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and O
the grounded portion.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
M
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. N
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.
O
+
EVAP canister purge volume P
− Voltage
control solenoid valve
Connector Terminal
F15 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
EVAP canister purge volume
IPDM E/R Continuity
control solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F15 2 E121 26 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.
+ −
EVAP canister purge volume
ECM Continuity
control solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F15 1 F73 17 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 4.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start the engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening.
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-262, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-36, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014267607
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. F
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve as per the following conditions. G
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Atmospheric pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0452 or P0453 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-292, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267609
+ EC
Voltage
Atmospheric pressure sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C
E19 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. D
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between atmospheric pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector. F
+ −
Atmospheric pressure sensor ECM Continuity G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E19 1 E55 113 Existed
H
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END I
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT
J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between atmospheric pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector. K
+ −
Atmospheric pressure sensor ECM Continuity
L
ECM
+ –
Connector
Terminal
E55 114 124
NOTE:
Because the sensor is absolute pressure sensor, output value may differ depending on atmospheric pres-
sure and altitude.
3. Measure the atmospheric pressure.
NOTE:
As the atmospheric pressure described on the synoptic chart is the value at sea level, compensate the
pressure with the following chart.
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control EC
unit)” by CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM by CAN communi-
cation line.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC C
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• Harness or connectors
- CAN communication line is open or shorted.
- The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted. F
• Combination meter
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
FAIL-SAFE G
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR FUNCTION
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-29, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)" (with color dis-
play), MWI-161, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)" (with monochrome display).
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 (With ABS)>>GO TO 3.
YES-2 (Without ABS)>>INSPECTION END
C
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-153, "CONSULT Function" (with D
VDC) or BRC-25, "CONSULT Function" (without VDC).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> Repair or replace.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (EOP sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Engine oil level abnormality
• EOP sensor
• Sensor power supply 2 circuit
FAIL-SAFE
No applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-270, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267614
+
Voltage
EOP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector terminal
F133 3 Ground 5V
EOP sensor
+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminal
2 4 kΩ – 10 kΩ
1
3 2 kΩ – 8 kΩ
1 4 kΩ – 10 kΩ
2 None
3 1 kΩ – 3 kΩ
1 2 kΩ – 8 kΩ
3
2 1 kΩ – 3 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END.
NO >> Replace EOP sensor. Refer to EM-90, "Exploded View".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING-2 M
Without CONSULT
Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-9, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Proceed to EC-274, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267617
Without CONSULT
Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-9, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check oil pump. Refer to LU-7, "Lubrication Circuit".
K
1.CHECK EOP SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EOP sensor harness connector. L
3. Check resistance between EOP sensor connector terminals.
EOP sensor M
+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminal
2 4 kΩ – 10 kΩ N
1
3 2 kΩ – 8 kΩ
1 4 kΩ – 10 kΩ
2 None O
3 1 kΩ – 3 kΩ
1 2 kΩ – 8 kΩ
3
2 1 kΩ – 3 kΩ P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END.
NO >> Replace EOP sensor. Refer to EM-90, "Exploded View".
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Power steering pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Power steering pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0550 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-292, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-276, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267620
+ A
Voltage
PSP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
EC
F46 3 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
E
+ −
PSP sensor ECM Continuity
F
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F46 3 F57 76 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. H
4.CHECK PSP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
J
+ −
PSP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal K
F46 1 F57 74 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
M
5.CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
N
+ −
PSP sensor ECM Continuity
O
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F46 2 F57 75 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK PSP SENSOR
Refer to EC-278, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
Revision: November 2016 EC-277 2017 D23
P0550 PSP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [QR25DE]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace PSP sensor (with high pressure piping).
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014267621
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
Being turned 0.5 - 4.5
F57 75 74 Steering wheel
Not being turned 0.4 - 0.8
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace power steering pressure sensor (with high pressure piping).
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION: I
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more with ignition
switch ON.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. K
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Repeat step 1 and 2 for 10 times.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. L
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-279, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267623
N
EC
CONSULT screen terms
DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
ECM C
P0604 [Internal control module random access Malfunction in the internal RAM of ECM.
memory (RAM) error]
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
E
EXCEPT FOR CHILE
FOR CHILE
I
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Fail safe mode Vehicle behavior
ECM controls the accelerator pedal depression speed to make it slower than actual speed. J
This causes a drop in accelerating performance and encourages the driver to repair malfunc-
Traveling control Accelerator angle
tion.
mode variation control
NOTE:
ECM does not control the accelerator pedal releasing speed. K
This mode fixes the IVT control solenoid valve and the EVT control solenoid valve in the ref-
Device fix mode
erence position.
Other ASCD operation may be deactivated. L
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE P
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 20 minutes.
CAUTION:
Never start engine during this procedure.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
FOR CHILE I
>> GO TO 2. P
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 20 minutes.
CAUTION:
Never start engine during this procedure.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
FOR CHILE
I
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Fail safe mode Vehicle behavior
J
ECM controls the accelerator pedal depression speed to make it slower than actual speed.
This causes a drop in accelerating performance and encourages the driver to repair malfunc-
Traveling control Accelerator angle
tion.
mode variation control
NOTE: K
ECM does not control the accelerator pedal releasing speed.
This mode fixes the IVT control solenoid valve and the EVT control solenoid valve in the ref-
Device fix mode
erence position.
L
Other ASCD operation may be deactivated.
>> GO TO 2.
P
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait at least 10 seconds.
CAUTION:
Never start engine during this procedure.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: I
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more with ignition
switch ON.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 10 seconds. K
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC. L
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-287, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident". M
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267631
N
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC. O
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-287, "DTC Description".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0607 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-392, "Removal and Installation". P
NO >> INSPECTION END
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
EXCEPT FOR CHILE
FOR CHILE
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: November 2016 EC-288 2017 D23
P060A ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [QR25DE]
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Repeat step 1 and 2 for 5 times. A
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? EC
YES >> Proceed to EC-289, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
C
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267633
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
EXCEPT FOR CHILE
FOR CHILE
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
ECM supplies a voltage of 5 V to some of the sensors systematically divided into 2 groups, respectively.
Accordingly, when a short circuit develops in a sensor power source, a malfunction may occur simultaneously
in the sensors belonging to the same group as the short-circuited sensor.
Sensor power supply 1
• APP sensor 1
• Atmospheric pressure sensor
• Battery current sensor*1
• Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS)
• PSP sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor*2
• TP sensor
*1: For Chile
*2: With A/C
NOTE:
If sensor power supply 1 circuit is malfunctioning, DTC P0643 is displayed.
Sensor power supply 2
• APP sensor 2
• CMP sensor (PHASE)
• MAF sensor
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
- APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.
- Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit is shorted.
- Battery current sensor*1
- CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.
- PSP sensor circuit is shorted.
- Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.*2
- TP sensor circuit is shorted.
• APP sensor
• Atmospheric pressure sensor
• Battery current sensor*1
• CKP sensor (POS)
• PSP sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor*2
• TP sensor
*1: For Chile
*2: With A/C
FAIL-SAFE
EXCEPT FOR CHILE
>> GO TO 2.
I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to EC-293, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident". K
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267637
L
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E9 and E15. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-47, "Circuit Inspection". M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. N
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
64 Battery current sensor*1 E161 1
72 CKP sensor (POS) F11 1
F57
76 PSP sensor F46 3
80 Electric throttle control actuator F50 2
104 Refrigerant pressure sensor*2 E49 3
E55 113 Atmospheric pressure sensor E19 1
122 APP sensor 1 E5 2
*1: For Chile models
*2: With A/C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Atmospheric pressure sensor (Refer to EC-266, "Component Inspection".)
• Battery current sensor*1
• CKP sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-250, "Component Inspection".)
• PSP sensor (Refer to EC-278, "Component Inspection".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor*2 (Refer to EC-378, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• TP sensor (Refer to EC-187, "Component Inspection".)
*1: For Chile models
*2: With A/C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning component.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-344, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".
When the shift lever position is Neutral position, park/neutral position (PNP) signal is ON. EC
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON) exists.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
C
CONSULT screen terms
DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT The signal of park/neutral signal is not changed in the process of engine D
P0850
(Park/neutral switch input circuit) starting and driving.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
• Harness or connectors (The park/neutral signal circuit is open or shorted.)
• Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
FAIL-SAFE F
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.INSPECTION START G
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Neutral Battery voltage
E55 117 128 Shift lever
Except above 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-296, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267639
+
PNP switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F66 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between PNP switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − A
PNP switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
F66 2 E55 117 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK PNP SWITCH D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Exhaust valve timing control position sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the camshaft
• Exhaust valve timing control position sensor
• Sensor power supply 2 circuit
FAIL-SAFE
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-298, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267642
1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING (EVT) CONTROL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing (EVT) control position sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EVT control position sensor harness connector and ground.
+ A
Voltage
EVT sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
EC
F129 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. C
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVT control position sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor. E
+ −
EVT control position sensor ECM Continuity
F
+ −
K
EVT control position sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F129 2 F73 42 Existed L
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT N
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between EVT control position sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
O
+ −
EVT control position sensor ECM Continuity P
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F129 3 F73 43 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
JPBIA5856ZZ
JMBIA0065ZZ
SEF621W
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-304, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267647
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: H
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2. I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC. K
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-305, "Diagnosis Procedure".
L
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267649
M
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Battery current sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
• Camshaft (Intake)
• Starter motor
• Starting system circuit
• Dead (Weak) battery
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1550 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-292, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-306, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267651
+
Voltage C
Battery current sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E161 1 Ground 5V D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3. E
+ − L
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M
E161 3 F57 62 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT O
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
P
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E161 4 F57 63 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
JPBIA3286ZZ
ECM
Voltage
+ -
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
F57 63 62 2.5 V
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-140, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
• Harness or connectors (Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Battery current sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
• Camshaft (Intake) F
• Starter motor
• Starting system circuit
• Dead (Weak) battery
G
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE N
+
Voltage
Battery current sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E161 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E161 1 F57 64 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E161 3 F57 62 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E161 4 F57 63 Existed
JPBIA3286ZZ I
ECM
J
Voltage
+ -
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
K
F57 63 62 2.5 V
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-140, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
M
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Battery current sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
• Camshaft (Intake)
• Starter motor
• Starting system circuit
• Dead (Weak) battery
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1553 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-292, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-312, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267657
+
Voltage C
Battery current sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E161 1 Ground 5V D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3. E
+ − L
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M
E161 3 F57 62 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT O
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
P
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E161 4 F57 63 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
JPBIA3286ZZ
ECM
Voltage
+ -
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
F57 63 62 2.5 V
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-140, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK M
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and let it idle. N
2. Select “BAT CUR SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check “BAT CUR SEN” indication for 10 seconds.
“BAT CUR SEN” should be above 2,300 mV at least once.
Without CONSULT O
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
P
ECM
+ - Voltage
Connector
Terminal
F57 63 62 Above 2.3 V at least once
Is the inspection result normal?
+
Voltage
Battery current sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E161 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E161 1 F57 64 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E161 3 F57 62 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
+ − EC
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C
E161 4 F57 63 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
6.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR E
Check the battery current sensor. Refer to EC-317, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
F
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014267661 G
JPBIA3286ZZ L
ECM M
Voltage
+ -
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
N
F57 63 62 2.5 V
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-140, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
P
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (ASCD steering switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• ASCD steering switch
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P060A, and P060B, first perform
the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P060A, and P060B.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-98, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Press ACCEL/RES switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Press COAST/SET switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-318, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267663
RESUME/ACC Pressed ON
ACCEL/RES switch
SW Released OFF F
Pressed ON
SET SW COAST/SET switch
Released OFF
G
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. H
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
Voltage
I
+ - Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
MAIN switch: Pressed 0V J
CANCEL switch: Pressed 1V
E55 110 111 COAST/SET switch: Pressed 2V
K
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed 3V
All ASCD steering switches: Released 4V
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT M
+ −
O
Combination switch
ECM Continuity
(Spiral cable)
P
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M73 7 E55 111 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
+ −
Combination switch
ECM Continuity
(Spiral cable)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M73 10 E55 110 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-320, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering switch. Refer to ST-21, "WITH AIR BAG : Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014267664
Combination switch
(Spiral cable)
Resistance
Condition
+ − (Approx.)
Connector
Terminals
MAIN switch: Pressed 0Ω
CANCEL switch: Pressed 250 Ω
M149 15 18 COAST/SET switch: Pressed 660 Ω
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed 1,480 Ω
All ASCD steering switches: Released 4,000 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering switch. Refer to ST-21, "WITH AIR BAG : Exploded View".
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
- Stop lamp switch circuit is shorted. G
- Brake pedal position switch circuit is shorted.
- Clutch pedal position switch circuit is shorted.
• Stop lamp switch H
• Brake pedal position switch
• Clutch pedal position switch
• Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
I
• Incorrect brake pedal position switch installation
• Incorrect clutch pedal position switch installation
• ECM
J
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P060A, and P060B, first perform L
the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P060A, and P060B.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-98, "DTC Index". M
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure N
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. O
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
NOTE:
Procedure for malfunction B is not described here. It takes extremely long time to complete procedure for mal-
function B. By performing procedure for malfunction A, the incident that causes malfunction B can be P
detected.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Start engine.
2. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator is displayed in combination meter.
Revision: November 2016 EC-321 2017 D23
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [QR25DE]
3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds as per the following conditions.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM A
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
EC
Slightly depressed 0V
E55 116 128 Brake pedal
Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-2 D
With CONSULT
Select “BRAKE SW2” and check indication as per the following conditions. E
Without CONSULT
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following conditions. G
ECM
Voltage H
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly depressed Battery voltage I
E55 115 128 Brake pedal
Fully released 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 10.
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY-1 K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. L
4. Check the voltage between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
+ M
Brake pedal position switch − Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Slightly depressed 0V N
E37 1 Ground Clutch pedal
Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY-2 P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
+
Clutch pedal position switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E43 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
6.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH AND CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION
SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and clutch pedal position
switch harness connector.
+ −
Brake pedal position switch Clutch pedal position switch Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E37 1 E43 2 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Check clutch pedal position switch. Refer to EC-326, "Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch. Refer to CL-14, "Exploded View".
8.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
+ −
Brake pedal position switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E37 2 E55 116 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Check brake pedal position switch. Refer to EC-325, "Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-20, "Exploded View".
10.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
+ A
Stop lamp switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
EC
E56 1 Ground Battery voltage
3. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected part.
11.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-1 D
+ −
Stop lamp switch ECM Continuity F
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E56 2 E55 115 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
H
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected part.
12.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to EC-326, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-20, "Exploded View". J
The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combina-
tion meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD
control. Refer to EC-56, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for ASCD
functions.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Combination meter
• TCM
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001.
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500.
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P060A, and P060B, first perform
the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P060A, and P060B.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-98, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-329, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
A
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001.
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. EC
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P060A, and P060B, first perform
the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P060A, and P060B.
Is applicable DTC detected? C
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-98, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)” D
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-25, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected? E
YES >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER F
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-29, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)".
Is DTC detected?
G
YES >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK DTC WITH TCM (FOR A/T MODELS) H
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-165, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. I
NO >> INSPECTION END
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
- Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.
• Stop lamp switch
FAIL-SAFE
+
Stop lamp switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E56 1 Ground Battery voltage
3. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected part.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-1
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Revision: November 2016 EC-330 2017 D23
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [QR25DE]
2. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
A
+ −
Stop lamp switch ECM Continuity
EC
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E56 2 E55 115 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected part. D
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to EC-331, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)". E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-20, "Exploded View". F
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000014267675
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P2100
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open)
• Throttle control motor relay
DTC P2103
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted)
• Throttle control motor relay
FAIL-SAFE
+ −
D
ECM Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F73 2 E55 128 Battery voltage E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. F
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. G
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
H
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal I
F73 2 E119 11 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
K
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following conditions.
L
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
(Approx.) M
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Ignition switch: OFF 0V
F73 21 E55 128
Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4. O
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F73 21 E119 16 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted) E
• Electric throttle control actuator
FAIL-SAFE
F
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Fail safe mode Vehicle behavior
G
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed
Other
opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
>> GO TO 3.
N
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. O
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-335, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267680
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Ignition switch: OFF 0V
F73 2 E55 128
Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F73 2 E119 11 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F73 21 E119 16 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ − A
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal EC
1 Existed
5
3 Not existed
F50 F73 C
1 Not existed
6
3 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator (Throttle control motor)
FAIL-SAFE
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-338, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267683
+ − A
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal EC
1 Existed
5
3 Not existed
F50 F73 C
1 Not existed
6
3 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Electric throttle control actuator
FAIL-SAFE
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Set shift lever to 1st position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Set shift lever to neutral position.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
6. Set shift lever to 1st position and wait at least 3 seconds.
7. Set shift lever to neutral position.
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
9. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-341, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Set shift lever to 1st position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Set shift lever to neutral position.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-341, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
Revision: November 2016 EC-340 2017 D23
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [QR25DE]
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267686
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1)
FAIL-SAFE
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-342, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267688
D
+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal E
E5 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. F
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
H
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity I
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E5 2 E55 122 Existed
J
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
M
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal N
E5 4 E55 127 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power. O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. P
5.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E5 3 E55 126 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check the APP sensor. Refer to EC-347, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014267689
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Fully released 0.5 - 1.0 V
Sensor 1 126 127
Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8 V
E55 Accelerator pedal
Fully released 0.25 - 0.5 V
Sensor 2 119 120
Fully depressed 2.0 - 2.5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 2.
M
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. N
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-345, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident". O
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267691
P
1.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E5 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E5 1 E55 118 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check sensor power supply 2 circuit. Refer to EC-380, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E5 5 E55 120 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E5 6 E55 119 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check the APP sensor. Refer to EC-347, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
Revision: November 2016 EC-346 2017 D23
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [QR25DE]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation". A
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014267692
ECM
D
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal E
Fully released 0.5 - 1.0 V
Sensor 1 126 127
Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8 V
E55 Accelerator pedal
Fully released 0.25 - 0.5 V F
Sensor 2 119 120
Fully depressed 2.0 - 2.5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".
H
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (TP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 or 2)
FAIL-SAFE
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-348, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267694
+
C
Voltage
Electric throttle control actuator −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal D
F50 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. E
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.
G
+ −
Electric throttle control actu- H
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 2 F57 80 Existed I
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END J
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
L
nector.
+ −
M
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
N
F50 4 F57 78 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT P
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 79
F50 F57 Existed
3 77
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check the throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-350, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-36, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014267695
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Fully released More than 0.36 V
Sensor 1 79
Accelerator Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
F57 78
pedal Fully released Less than 4.75 V
Sensor 2 77
Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-36, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE N
+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E5 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E5 2 E55 122 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY
Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E5 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E5 1 E55 118 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
+ − H
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
I
3 126
E5 E55 Existed
6 119
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts K
8.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check the APP sensor. Refer to EC-353, "Component Inspection". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation". M
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014267698
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Fully released 0.5 - 1.0 V
Sensor 1 126 127
Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8 V
E55 Accelerator pedal
Fully released 0.25 - 0.5 V
Sensor 2 119 120
Fully depressed 2.0 - 2.5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. F
ECM
G
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed H
Approx. 0 V
E55 116 128 • Clutch pedal: Fully released
Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-355, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267700
+
M
Brake pedal position switch − Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Slightly depressed 0V N
E37 1 Ground Clutch pedal
Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY-2 P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
+
Clutch pedal position switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E43 1 Ground Battery voltage
5. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
3.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and brake pedal position
switch harness connector.
+ −
Clutch pedal position switch Brake pedal position switch Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E43 2 E37 1 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Check clutch pedal position switch. Refer to EC-357, "Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch. Refer to CL-14, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-2
1. Disconnect fuse block (J/B) harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between fuse block (J/B) harness connector and clutch pedal position switch har-
ness connector.
+ −
Fuse block (J/B) Clutch pedal position switch Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M68 2R E43 1 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
+ − A
Brake pedal position switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
E37 2 E55 116 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH D
Check brake pedal position switch. Refer to EC-357, "Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-20, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch) INFOID:0000000014267701 F
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. F
ECM
G
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
• Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed H
Approx. 0 V
E55 116 128 • Brake pedal: Fully released
Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-359, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267704
+
M
Clutch pedal position switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E43 1 Ground Battery voltage N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. O
+ −
Fuse block (J/B) Clutch pedal position switch Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M68 2R E43 1 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
+ −
Clutch pedal position switch ECM Condition Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E43 2 E55 116 Brake pedal: Fully released Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5
4.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Check clutch pedal position switch. Refer to EC-361, "Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch. Refer to CL-14, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-2
1. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and brake pedal position
switch harness connector.
+ −
Clutch pedal position switch Brake pedal position switch Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E43 2 E37 1 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-3
1. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
+ −
Brake pedal position switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E37 2 E55 116 Existed
Check brake pedal position switch. Refer to EC-361, "Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-20, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch) INFOID:0000000014267705
D
The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred via EC
the CAN communication.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014267708
C
1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. D
3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication under the following conditions.
1.INSPECTION START O
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-363, "Compo-
nent Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident? P
Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2.
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Heater fan>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Check rear window defogger system. Refer to DEF-32, "Work Flow".
1.INSPECTION START EC
Turn ignition switch to START.
Are any cylinders ignited?
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to EC-365, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION D
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. E
3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. F
I
PBIB3332E
J
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and ground.
L
+
Fuel injector - Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal M
1 F84 1
2 F85 1
Ground Battery voltage N
3 F86 1
4 F87 1
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT P
+ -
Fuel injector IPDM E/R Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F84 1
2 F85 1
E119 18 Existed
3 F86 1
4 F87 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ -
Fuel injector ECM Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F84 2 13
2 F85 2 14
F73 Existed
3 F86 2 10
4 F87 2 9
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Check fuel injector. Refer to EC-366, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-42, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-40, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014267712
Fuel injector
+ - Resistance
Terminal
1 2 11.1 - 14.5 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
EC
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
start ability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows
that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when
the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging,
thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump
relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Battery voltage should exist 1 second after
F73 18 E55 128
ignition switch is turn ON.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
Fuel level sensor unit and L
IPDM E/R Continuity
fuel pump
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E119 10 C5 1 Existed
M
+
P
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump - Continuity
Connector Terminal
C5 3 Ground Existed
2. Also heck harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
1.INSPECTION START EC
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Does the engine start?
C
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 2.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 3.
NO >> Proceed to EC-371, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION D
With CONSULT
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. E
2. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END F
NO >> Proceed to EC-371, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT G
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM harness connector terminals with an oscilloscope.
H
ECM
+ – Voltage signal
I
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
86
87 J
90
F57 E55 128
K
91
JMBIA0085GB
NOTE: L
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> Proceed to EC-371, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267718
N
1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON. O
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
P
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal
E55 121 128 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refer to EC-150, "Diagnosis Procedure".
+
Joint connector-F01 − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F60 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CONDENSER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and joint connector-F01 harness connector.
+ -
IPDM E/R Joint connector-F01 Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E119 17 F60 1 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Refer to EC-150, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between joint connector-F01 harness connector and ground.
+
Joint connector-F01 - Continuity
Connector Terminal
F60 6 Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK CONDENSER
Check condenser. Refer to EC-375, "Component Inspection (Condenser)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace condenser.
6.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
+ A
Ignition coil - Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
EC
1 F34 3
2 F29 3
Ground Battery voltage
3 F36 3 C
4 F37 3
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
7.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
F
+
Ignition coil - Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal G
1 F34 2
2 F29 2 H
Ground Existed
3 F36 2
4 F37 2
3. Also check harness for short to power. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
J
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. K
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ - L
Ignition coil ECM Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M
1 F34 1 86
2 F29 1 87
F57 Existed
3 F36 1 90 N
4 F37 1 91
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR P
Check ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EC-374, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
Transistor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-27, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
Revision: November 2016 EC-373 2017 D23
IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [QR25DE]
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000014267719
Ignition coil
+ - Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
Terminal No. (Polarity)
2 Except 0 or ∞
1
3
Except 0
2 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-27, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-2
CAUTION:
Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following proce-
dure.
4. Start engine.
5. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pressure.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF.
7. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
8. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
9. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
10. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
11. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
12. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether
spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded
metal portion.
A
1.CHECK CONDENSER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector. EC
3. Check resistance between joint connector-F01 terminals as per the following.
Joint connector-F01 C
+ - Resistance
Terminal
D
1 6 Above 1 MΩ [at 25C° (77C°)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> Replace condenser.
1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX or P0500 is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO-1 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
NO-2 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer to EC-268, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-39, "DTC Index" (with color display and I-KEY system),
MWI-46, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : DTC Index" (with color display and without I-KEY system), MWI-171,
"EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : DTC Index" (with monochrome display).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC indicated.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-137, "Removal and Installation" (with color display),
MWI-217, "Removal and Installation" (with monochrome display).
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
1.CHECK DTC E
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. F
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION
G
Check combination meter function. Refer to MWI-82, "Work flow" (with color display), MWI-189, "Work flow"
(with monochrome display).
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT I
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-137, "Removal and Installation" (with color display), J
MWI-217, "Removal and Installation" (with monochrome display).
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
K
ECM
+ – Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
E55 103 124 1.0 - 4.0
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-378, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267726
+
Voltage
Refrigerant pressure sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E49 3 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
+ -
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E49 3 E55 104 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
+ - A
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
E49 1 E55 124 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT D
1. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
E
+ -
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity F
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E49 2 E55 103 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
H
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HAC-120, "Removal and Installation" (Auto A/C),
HAC-210, "Removal and Installation" [Manual A/C (TYPE 1)], HAC-273, "Removal and Installa- J
tion" [Manual A/C (TYPE 2)].
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
K
ECM supplies a voltage of 5 V to some of the sensors systematically divided into 2 groups, respectively.
Accordingly, when a short circuit develops in a sensor power source, a malfunction may occur simultaneously
in the sensors belonging to the same group as the short-circuited sensor.
Sensor power supply 1
• APP sensor 1
• Atmospheric pressure sensor
• Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS)
• PSP sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor*
• TP sensor
*: With A/C
NOTE:
If sensor power supply 1 circuit is malfunctioning, DTC P0643 is displayed.
Sensor power supply 2
• APP sensor 2
• CMP sensor (PHASE)
• MAF sensor
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267728
+
Voltage
APP sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E5 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-2
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ +
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E5 1 E55 118 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit.
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect following sensors harness connector.
2. Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM Sensor A
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
32 CMP sensor (PHASE) F23 1
F73 EC
36 MAF sensor F53 2
E55 118 APP sensor 2 E5 1
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK COMPONENTS D
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000014267729
SYMPTOM
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
SYMPTOM
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
IDLE SPEED
Inspection INFOID:0000000014267732
E
JSBIA6014ZZ
: Timing indicator
G
I
JSBIA6015ZZ
EVAP CANISTER
1. Visually inspect EVAP vapor lines for improper attachment and for cracks, damage, loose connections,
chafing and deterioration.
2. Check EVAP canister as follows:
a. Block port (A). Orally blow air through port (B).
Check that air flows freely through port (C).
b. Block port (B). Orally blow air through port (A).
Check that air flows freely through port (C).
PBIB0663E
3. Inspect fuel tank filler cap vacuum relief valve for clogging, stick-
ing, etc.
a. Wipe clean valve housing.
SEF989X
SEF943S
E
PBIB1589E
JSBIA5974GB
CAUTION:
Perform ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM. Refer to EC-132, "Description".
REMOVAL
1. Remove ECM cover.
2. Remove air cleaner case. Refer to EM-30, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect the harness connectors from ECM. Refer to PG-9, "Harness Connector".
4. Remove ECM nuts.
5. Remove ECM from ECM bracket.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
EC
JSBIA5975GB
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect the harness connector from atmospheric pressure sensor. I
2. Remove atmospheric pressure sensor bolt.
3. Remove atmospheric pressure sensor from bracket.
J
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
• Never use dropped atmospheric pressure sensor. K
• Never bend the hose to prevent damage to the hose.
• Refer to the following when installing hose (1) and clamp (2) to
atmospheric pressure sensor (3).
L
Hose Clamp
Insertion depth Direction of tab Clamping position (L)
M
3 – 7 mm (0.12 – 0.28 in)
from hose end
Insert the hose until its Atmospheric pressure CAUTION:
end reaches the stop end. sensor connector side Clamp should not inter- N
fere with the bulge of
tube. JSBIA5994ZZ
Condition Specification
No load* (in Neutral position) 625 ± 50 rpm
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Condition Specification
No load* (in Neutral position) 10 ± 2° BTDC
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT EC
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000014267744
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SR and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING: D
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, it is recommended that all mainte-
nance and repair be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. E
• Improper repair, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury
caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module,
see the SR section.
F
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
G
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the H
Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the I
battery or batteries, and wait at least three minutes before performing any service.
Precautions Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnection
INFOID:0000000014267745
J
CAUTION:
Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction.
K
• Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position,
then disconnect both battery cables.
• After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect
both battery cables. L
• Always use CONSULT to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing
work. If a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results.
For vehicle with steering lock unit, if the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock and M
cannot be turned.
If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation pro-
cedure below before starting the repair operation.
N
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Connect both battery cables.
NOTE: O
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Turn the ignition switch to ACC position.
(At this time, the steering lock will be released.)
P
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables discon-
nected and the steering wheel can be turned.
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.
5. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turn
the ignition switch from ACC position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steering wheel will lock
when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.)
6. Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT.
• In case of removing steering gear, make the final tightening with grounded and unloaded vehicle condition,
and then check wheel alignment.
• Observe the following precautions when disassembling.
- Before disassembly, thoroughly clean the outside of the unit.
- Disassembly should be done in a clean work area. It is important to prevent the internal parts from becoming
contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter.
- For easier and proper assembly, place disassembled parts in order on a parts rack.
- Use nylon cloth or paper towels to clean the parts; common shop rags can leave lint that might interfere with
their operation.
- Do not reuse non-reusable parts.
- Before assembling, apply the specified grease to the directed parts.
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine INFOID:0000000014267747
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-9, "Harness Connec-
tor".
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM before
returning the vehicle to the customer.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
YS23DDT
EC
YS23DDT : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000014267748
ALBIA1314ZZ
L
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
JSBIA6198ZZ
Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve EC-418, "Turbocharger Boost Control Solenoid Valve"
EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve EC-410, "EGR Cooler Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve"
Engine oil pump control valve EC-412, "Engine Oil Pump Control Valve" C
Thermo management valve control solenoid valve EC-418, "Thermo Management Valve Control Solenoid Valve"
Intake air temperature sensor 2 EC-416, "Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2"
E
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-411, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor"
EXHAUST COMPARTMENT
G
JSBIA6200ZZ
N
BODY COMPARTMENT
ALBIA1315ZZ
Right front side of engine room Transmission (M/T) Rear of fuel tank area
Instrument panel LH Pedal periphery (M/T) Pedal periphery (A/T)
: Vehicle front
ALBIA1314ZZ
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
EC
JSBIA6199ZZ
K
Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 EC-412, "Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1"
High pressure compressor bypass valve control solenoid EC-415, "High Pressure Compressor Bypass Valve Control
valve Solenoid Valve"
EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve EC-410, "EGR Cooler Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve"
Engine oil pump control valve EC-412, "Engine Oil Pump Control Valve"
Thermo management valve control solenoid valve EC-418, "Thermo Management Valve Control Solenoid Valve"
Intake air temperature sensor 2 EC-416, "Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2"
EXHAUST COMPARTMENT
JSBIA6200ZZ
EC
ALBIA1315ZZ
O
Right front side of engine room Transmission (M/T) Rear of fuel tank area
Instrument panel LH Pedal periphery (M/T) Pedal periphery (A/T)
: Vehicle front P
FPCM (Fuel Pump Control Module) EC-414, "FPCM (Fuel Pump Control Module)"
EC-409, "DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) Manual Regener-
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) manual regeneration switch
ation Switch"
Stop lamp switch EC-417, "Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position
Brake pedal position switch Switch"
A
The accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor is installed on the upper
end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensors detect the
accelerator pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM EC
uses the signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected.
D
PBIB1741E
H
JSBIA6224ZZ
JSBIA5990ZZ
The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with cam-
shaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position (CMP)
sensor senses the piston position. When the crankshaft position N
(CKP) sensor system becomes inoperative, the camshaft position
(CMP) sensor provides various controls of engine parts instead, uti-
lizing timing of cylinder identification signals. The sensor consists of O
a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
JSBIA6212ZZ
JSBIA6126ZZ
PBIB3160E
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) traps PM (Particulate Matter) in exhaust gas. DPF is formed in a honeycomb
form made of ceramic. This structure facilitates to trap particulate matter. When the amount of particulate mat-
ter in the DPF reaches the specified level, the particulate matter needs to be reduced through burning to main-
tain the DPF function. This reducing of particulate matter is called Regeneration and should be performed
periodically. DPF can be effective for a long time through the cycle of trapping particulate matter and regener-
ation.
A
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) differential pressure sensor is con-
nected to DPF with tubes (upstream and downstream). DPF pres-
sure sensor measures the difference between the exhaust pressure EC
before and after the DPF. DPF differential pressure sensor converts
the difference pressure into a voltage signal. ECM receives the sig-
nal and estimates the amount of particulate matter in DPF.
C
D
JSBIA6225ZZ
PBIB3165E H
I
The DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) manual regeneration switch is
installed parallel to the ignition key cylinder. If the operation indicator
lamp of the DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) blinks, the DPF (Diesel
J
Particulate Filter) manual regeneration must be performed. For
details of DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) manual regeneration, refer
to EC-560, "Description".
K
L
JMBIA0618ZZ
ECM INFOID:0000000014267759
M
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal
input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
N
P
JSBIA6268GB
EGR cooler bypass valve is integral with the EGR cooler. This valve
closes the EGR cooler bypass at the engine start and supplies gas
not by way of the EGR cooler to raise combustion temperature effi-
ciently. ECM controls EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid
valve. And then, the negative pressure is applied to diaphragm to
open the flap through the rod.
JSBIA6214ZZ
JSBIA6215ZZ
JSBIA6211ZZ
<Reference data>
EGR Volume Control Valve (With EGR Volume Control Valve Position Sensor)
INFOID:0000000014267763
JSBIA6219ZZ
D
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR
The EGR volume control valve position sensor is installed to the EGR volume control valve. The EGR volume
control valve position is read by a position sensor. At reset, the valve is fully closed.
E
Electric EGR cooling water pump INFOID:0000000014267764
Electric EGR cooling water pump controls the volume of engine cool-
ant flowing from the coolant circuit to the EGR cooler. F
The mechanical coolant pump does not provide sufficient circulation
in all the branches (size and complexity of the circuit). Therefore, an
electric coolant pump, which is activated when the engine is running, G
improves the coolant circulation, particularly in the EGR.
JSBIA6209ZZ
I
Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000014267765
JSBIA6220ZZ M
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000014267766
JSBIA6223ZZ
Engine oil pump control valve is to adapt the oil pressure to the
strict necessary and then to limit the torque absorbed by the oil
pump in order to reduce the fuel consumption.
JSBIA6362ZZ
JSBIA6205ZZ
JPBIA3245ZZ
<Reference data>
A
Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 is installed on the downstream of
catalyst. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor EC
decreases in response to the temperature rises.
D
JSBIA6226ZZ
<Reference data>
E
Exhaust gas temperature °C (°F) Resistance (Approx.) kΩ
0 (32) 159.8 – 309.4
20 (68) 89.3 – 159.8 F
100 (212) 15.2 – 22.1
300 (572) 1.307 – 1.562
400 (752) 0.606 – 0.697 G
H
Fuel heater is installed on fuel filter and operated when fuel tem-
perature is low in order to inhibit fuel solidification caused by wax
content separation in fuel.
I
K
JSBIA6269GB
L
The injectors are piezo injectors. The injection is triggered by an
electrical current pulse applied to the injection nozzle holder based
on the previously computed data. The injectors have a code exhibit-
ing unique characteristics, and fuel injection quantity can be con- M
trolled with more precision by writing the code into ECM.
O
JSBIA6204ZZ
The fuel pump is installed in the fuel tank to start the engine faster.
Fuel pump is controlled by Fuel pump relay and FPCM (Fuel Pump
Control Module).
CAUTION:
Fuel pump is lubricated by the fuel in the tank. Never operate
the pump for a long time without fuel in the tank to prevent seri-
ous damages.
JSBIA6270GB
The fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor is placed to the fuel rail. It
measures the fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The sensor sends voltage
signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.
ECM operates fuel flow actuator according to feedback signal from
fuel rail pressure sensor, and controls fuel pressure inside fuel rail.
JSBIA6206ZZ
JSBIA6207ZZ
JSBIA6271GB
A
Glow Control Unit performs PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) commu-
nication with ECM. It improves engine starting function by performing
glow control. EC
D
JSBIA6272GB
H
JSBIA1876ZZ
JSBIA6215ZZ
JSBIA6222ZZ
This solenoid valve is placed between the vacuum pump and the HP
turbine bypass. The solenoid valve output pressure is between ambi-
ent pressure and vacuum pump pressure. The ECM controls the
closing rate of the HP turbine bypass valve according to a PWM sig-
nal. The boost pressure is increased or decreased by closing/open-
ing the HP turbine bypass valve.
JSBIA6208ZZ
The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 1 is built-into the mass air flow sensor. The sensor detects intake air
temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM.
<Reference data>
JSBIA6221ZZ
<Reference data>
A
This solenoid valve is placed between the vacuum pump and the LP
wastegate. The solenoid valve output pressure is between ambient
pressure and vacuum pump pressure. The ECM controls the closing EC
rate of the LP wastegate valve according to a PWM signal. The
boost pressure is increased or decreased by closing/opening the LP
wastegate valve.
C
D
JSBIA6208ZZ
H
JSBIA6273GB
JSFIA2733ZZ
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the liquid tank of the air conditioner system. The sensor is used
to sense a refrigerant pressure.
N
Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position Switch INFOID:0000000014267788
JSBIA6127ZZ
JSBIA6215ZZ
This solenoid valve is placed between the vacuum pump and the
wastegate turbocharger. The solenoid valve output pressure is
between ambient pressure and vacuum pump pressure. The sole-
noid valve closes the wastegate valve when PWM signal is in the
high frequency area.
JSBIA6208ZZ
JSBIA6210ZZ
A
Vacuum pump generates the negative pressure. The negative pres-
sure is controlled by each solenoid and operates each actuator.
EC
D
JSBIA6218ZZ
JSBIA6274GB
DESCRIPTION
This turbocharger boost control is used by connecting small turbocharger (high pressure turbocharger) and
large turbocharger (low pressure turbocharger) in series. The high pressure turbocharger is installed just
behind the exhaust manifold and is a small turbine appropriate to the driving range of small exhaust gas flow.
The low pressure turbocharger is installed to the downstream of the high pressure turbocharger and has a
large turbine appropriate to the driving range of large exhaust gas flow.
The exhaust gas flows in the order of high pressure turbocharger and low pressure turbocharger. These two
turbochargers have a bypass path, respectively.
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL OF EACH CONDITION
Exhaust gas flow rate: Low
JSBIA6275GB
JSBIA6276GB
H
High pressure compressor bypass
Name High pressure turbine bypass valve Low pressure wastegate valve
valve
Condition FULL CLOSED MIDDLE OPEN to FULL OPEN FULL CLOSED I
Exhaust gas flow rate: Maximum
JSBIA6277GB O
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA6300GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
L
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EC
P
JSBIA6301GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM controls the engine by various functions.
Function Reference
Engine speed control EC-436, "ENGINE SPEED CONTROL : System Description"
EC-437, "POWERTRAIN COORDINATION CONTROL : System
Powertrain coordination control
Description"
EC-438, "TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL (YS23DDTT) :
Turbocharger boost control
System Description"
EGR system EC-438, "EGR SYSTEM : System Description"
Throttle control EC-439, "THROTTLE CONTROL : System Description"
Engine torque control EC-439, "ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL : System Description"
Combustion control EC-441, "COMBUSTION CONTROL : System Description"
After treatment system EC-443, "AFTER TREATMENT SYSTEM : System Description"
Thermostat control EC-444, "THERMOSTAT CONTROL : System Description"
Glow control EC-445, "GLOW CONTROL : System Description"
EC-445, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Sys-
ASCD (Automatic Speed Control Device)
tem Description"
• EC-446, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Engine Oil
Pressure Warning Lamp"
• EC-447, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL)"
Information display (Combination meter)
• EC-448, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Glow Indi-
cator Lamp"
• EC-450, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : DPF (Diesel
Particulate Filter) Warning Lamp"
• EC-453, "WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning
lamps/Indicator lamps"
Warning/Indicator/Chime
• EC-453, "WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning/Indi-
cator (On Information Display)"
CAN communication EC-453, "CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description"
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The engine speed control consists of the following functions:
• Curative anti-jerk
• Idle speed control
• Engine speed limitation
• Engine state
CURATIVE ANTI-JERK
This function aims to smooth the engine speed through torque corrections out of idle engine speed regulation.
The torque correction is made by the anti-jerk function to damp the engine speed vibrations caused by the
drive-line vibrations.
IDLE SPEED CONTROL
ECM calculates the engine idle speed set point and maintains the engine speed in order to follow the set point.
The engine idle speed set-point is computed for the following load and signal:
• Post treatment
- Diesel particulate filter
• Electric consumers
- Air heater (air conditioning system)
• Automatic transmission
- Automatic transmission idle speed set point function (according to coolant temperature)
- Automatic transmission idle speed increase request
• Mechanical consumers
- Air conditioning
• Diagnosis and protection
- Diagnosis
- Engine protection by oil temperature survey
- CONSULT function
- Manifold absolute pressure sensor signal
The final engine idle speed set point is computed from each consumer′s engine idle speed set point:
• The final corrective torque of the Idle Speed Regulation is obtained taking into account proportional, integral,
and derivative corrections.
ENGINE SPEED LIMITATION
ECM calculates the maximum engine speed set point and controls the maximum engine speed in order to fol-
low the set point.
• Fail-safe mode
• Maximum available engine speed
ENGINE STATE
ECM calculates the engine state from detected engine speed:
Revision: November 2016 EC-436 2017 D23
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [YS23DDT/YS23DDTT (M9T)]
• Engine running
- Driving state A
- Idling state
• Engine stalled
- Initial state
EC
- Stalled state
POWERTRAIN COORDINATION CONTROL
POWERTRAIN COORDINATION CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000014267802 C
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The powertrain coordination can be explained by following: D
• Powertrain coordination inputs
• Driver interpretation
• Preventive anti-jerk E
• Torque request arbitration
POWERTRAIN COORDINATION INPUTS
ECM detects following signals necessary to decide the torque set point: F
• Gear position
• Torque request from automatic transmission
• Torque request from ABS system
• Brake pedal operation G
• Status of Cruise Control System
DRIVER INTERPRETATION H
This strategy computes and arbitrates the torque set point given by the accelerator pedal operation and the
cruise control.
The abrupt change of torque is delivered by engine excites a torsional natural frequencies of drive-line. If both
acceleration pedal sensors malfunction, the fail-safe mode is activated. This fail-safe mode restores a pedal I
position so that the vehicle can continue traveling and limits the vehicle speed.
PREVENTIVE ANTI-JERK
J
The main objective of the preventive anti-jerk function is to decrease discomforts of driver during depress the
accelerator pedal and during release the accelerator pedal.
Abrupt torque changes are carried from the engine to the driveline and produce a vibration. It causes vehicle
jerking and acceleration fluctuations. And they are causes of perception and assessment of performance and K
comfort for driver and the passengers.
The purpose of this function is to limit drive-line torque excitations. In fact, the engine torque set point is filtered
according to requirements of driveability. L
TORQUE REQUEST ARBITRATION
This strategy makes the arbitration between the extended driver (pedal, ASCD), the VDC, the automatic trans-
mission torque requests, and the application of engine limitations. M
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL (YS23DDT)
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL (YS23DDT) : System Description INFOID:0000000014267803
N
DESCRIPTION
Turbocharger is used to increase the air pressure entering the engine. The turbocharger has two separate
O
chambers. The turbocharger consists of the following components:
• A chamber linked to the engine exhaust gas system
• A chamber linked to the engine air inlet system
• A turbine and a compressor, joined together by shaft. P
The turbine, driven by exhaust gases, drives the compressor which compresses the inlet air.
CAUTION:
To stop the engine immediately after high-load driving, park the vehicle with the engine at idle before
turning OFF the ignition switch.
The boost pressure control increases the manifold pressure with respect to the engine operating point. The
system has an electric solenoid valve connected on the circuit of the vacuum pump, which allows via a waste-
DESCRIPTION
High Pressure Turbocharger Boost Control
Turbocharger is used to increase the air pressure entering the engine. The turbocharger has two separate
chambers. The turbocharger consists of the following components:
• A chamber linked to the engine exhaust gas system
• A chamber linked to the engine air inlet system
• A turbine and a compressor, joined together by shaft.
The turbine, driven by exhaust gases, drives the compressor which compresses the inlet air.
CAUTION:
To stop the engine immediately after high-load driving, park the vehicle with the engine at idle before
turning OFF the ignition switch.
The boost pressure control increases the manifold pressure with respect to the engine operating point. The
compressor can be bypassed in some operating points to allow LP turbocharger to be used alone. The system
has two electric solenoid valves connected to the circuit of vacuum pump. Each electric solenoid valve con-
trols exhaust gas flow passing through each turbine via the wastegate valve or the bypass valve to generate a
high pressure in the boost circuit.
Low Pressure Turbocharger Boost Control
Turbocharger is used to increase the air pressure entering the engine. The turbocharger has two separate
chambers. The turbocharger consists of the following components:
• A chamber linked to the engine exhaust gas system
• A chamber linked to the engine air inlet system
• A turbine and a compressor, joined together by shaft.
The turbine, driven by exhaust gases, drives the compressor which compresses the inlet air.
CAUTION:
To stop the engine immediately after high-load driving, park the vehicle with the engine at idle before
turning OFF the ignition switch.
The boost pressure control increases the manifold pressure with respect to the engine operating point. The
system has an electric solenoid valve connected to the circuit of the vacuum pump, which allows via a waste-
gate or a bypass, to control the flow of exhaust gases through the turbine in order to generate high pressure in
the boost circuit.
EGR SYSTEM
EGR SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000014267805
DESCRIPTION
The EGR (Exhaust Gas Recirculation) system recirculates exhaust gas to the intake manifold. This system
makes a major contribution to the reduction of diesel engine NOx emissions. A gas-coolant liquid exchanger
cools the EGR gas flow.
The exhaust gases flow from the exhaust manifold (ahead of the turbocharger) to the EGR cooler via the EGR
volume control valve. The EGR volume control valve is located in the air circuit between the air filter and the
intake manifold.
CALCULATION OF THE AIR FLOW
In order to control pollutant emission (limitation of smoke by torque limitation: diesel flow), ECM controls the air
mass flow.
EGR volume control valve
• EGR volume control valve allows the exhaust gas recirculation between exhaust manifold and inlet one.
EGR volume control valve is controlled by a position controller. The demand comes from air flow controller
function. When EGR volume control valve is not used, the EGR volume control valve is closed.
Throttle valve
• Throttle valve is controlled by a position controller. The demand comes from ECM. The throttle valve has
three main functions:
K
DESCRIPTION
The throttle valve is a DC valve controlled by a high current generating circuit in the ECM. The flap position is
read by a position sensor. L
The throttle valve has 3 uses in the engines:
• During high pressure EGR control, the electric throttle control actuator reduces the opening angle of the
throttle valve and lowers pressure around the EGR feed port so that intake EGR gasses can be efficiently
M
taken in.
• In DPF regeneration mode, it is used to increase exhaust temperature, by reducing inlet fresh air flow.
• When ignition switch is turned off, throttle valve is closed to stop the engine smoothly.
When the engine is turned off, in the power latch phase, the throttle valve carries out several opening / closing N
cycles in order to teach-in the high and low limits.
ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL
O
ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000014267807
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION P
The torque function can be explained by the following:
• Accessories torque management
• Engine torque losses
• Minimum available torque
• Maximum available torque
• Fast set-points to complete torque request
• Final torque requests setting
K
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The torque set-point is converted into a total fuel quantity injected. This quantity is split in various injections
according to a mapped injection pattern. Thus, a fuel quantity and an initial phasing of injection are allocated L
for each injection. The choice of the number of injection (limited to five maximum) is given with different con-
straints such as acoustic, performance and emissions.
In the DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) regeneration phase, post injections do not contribute to the torque elabo-
ration but to the increase of the DPF temperature. Therefore, the fuel consumption increases in the DPF M
regeneration phase.
FUEL SUPPLY AND PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM
N
Fuel Supply System
The fuel supply system consists of two circuits: the fuel low and high-pressure circuit.
The fuel low-pressure circuit brings fuel from the tank to the pump and includes the following elements:
• Electrical pump submerged in the fuel tank O
• Pipes
• Fuel filter with water in fuel sensor
The high-pressure circuit function is to put the fuel under pressure and distribute it to the injectors: P
• High-pressure fuel pump
• Fuel flow actuator
• Common rail
• Fuel injectors
The low-pressure fuel (coming from low-pressure circuit) is transferred to the high-pressure pump part via the
fuel flow actuator, which regulates the fuel flow quantity. The high-pressure fuel pump consists of a three-pis-
ton pump.
A
DESCRIPTION
This system has two main functions:
• Use the present oxygen in exhaust gases to transform the CO in CO2, and the HC in CO2 and H2O. EC
• Increase the temperature of exhaust gases (with the exothermal energy of the oxidation reaction) to allow
the regeneration in the DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter).
To be effective, the catalytic converter must reach the working temperature of 350 to 400°C (662 to 752°F). It C
possesses an essential role in the operation of regeneration of the DPF.
DPF (DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER)
DPF filters soot in the exhaust gas up to 99%. These particulates consist essentially of micro-spherules of car- D
bon on which hydrocarbons from the fuel and lubricant are condensed. These particulates consist essentially
of aggregates of variable size. The quantity of particulates and their composition depend on:
• The combustion process (an homogeneous air/fuel mixture minimizes particulate formation)
• The quantity of diesel (increasing the cetane index limits the number of particulates formed) E
• The post-processing efficiency (only filtration allows the particulates to be removed efficiently)
The DPF is a porous structure with channels set out in such a way as to force the exhaust gases through the
chamber walls. F
M
PBIB3160E
THERMOSTAT CONTROL
For system drawing of the thermostat control, Refer to CO-57, "Engine Cooling System".
The controlled thermostat is to determine an engine cooling setpoint based on the both low [up to 90° (194°F)]
and high [up to 110°C (230°F)] temperature requests. The low temperature request is based on the currently
engaged gear together with torque load whereas high temperature regulation is requested if the torque is
below a threshold during tuned elapsed time or if the torque is around high temperature regulation zone and is
out of this zone but does not return back to the low temperature regulation zone. The wax preheating strategy
(activated only when the engine coolant temperature is below a tuned threshold or during the once-per-driving
cycle) enables to open the thermostat soon after an engine start where the water temperature is low and
allows ECM to rev up to accelerate warm-up.
The first open strategy is activated only in 2 cases:
• The engine coolant temperature is above a tuned threshold and there is no request for the low temperature
regulation.
• The engine coolant temperature is below a tuned threshold and there is the request for the very first time for
low temperature regulation during the driving cycle.
Depending on the type of regulation, fan high speed activation can move from a nominal threshold to a greater
threshold.
ENGINE OIL PUMP CONTROL
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Glow control system operates at engine starting and after engine starting. The system energizes glow plug E
according to engine coolant temperature to improve engine starting function.
When the ignition switch is turned ON, the glow control system starts Pre-glow and the glow indicator lamp
turns ON. When the engine starts, the glow indicator lamp turns OFF and the glow control state changes to
After-glow. F
Glow time varies according to engine coolant temperature, barometric pressure and battery voltage.
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
G
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description INFOID:0000000014267812
DESIGN/PURPOSE
When engine oil pressure is low, the oil pressure warning lamp
informs the driver of low oil pressure to prevent damage to the
engine.
JPNIA1881ZZ
BULB CHECK
Not applicable
OPERATION AT COMBINATION METER CAN COMMUNICATION CUT-OFF OR UNUSUAL SIG-
NAL
For the operation for CAN communications blackout or abnormal signal reception, refer to MWI-38, "Fail-Safe"
[with color display (with intelligent key)], MWI-45, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : Fail-Safe" [with color display
(without intelligent key)], MWI-170, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : Fail-Safe" (with monochrome display).
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA3489GB
SIGNAL PATH
IPDM E/R received the engine oil pressure switch status from the oil pressure switch. After engine running
when the oil pressure switch is OFF and at least 5 seconds, IPDM E/R transmits the engine oil pressure warn-
ing signal to combination meter via CAN communication through BCM. Then the engine oil pressure warning
displays.
LIGHTING CONDITION
When any of the following conditions is satisfied:
JPBIA6026GB
F
WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
INFOID:0000000014267814
G
DESIGN/PURPOSE
When a malfunction which increases exhaust gases is detected, ECM turns ON MIL and informs the driver of
the necessity of inspection and repair.
When a malfunction which causes damage to the catalyst is H
detected, ECM immediately blinks MIL to alert the driver.
NOTE:
• ECM turns ON MIL (yellow) when an emission-related malfunction I
occurs or when a component part specified by European laws and
regulations becomes inoperable three trips in a raw.
• ECM may turn ON MIL (red) when a malfunction occurs in the
J
engine.
K
JPNIA1882ZZ
BULB CHECK
The bulb turns ON after turning ON the ignition switch (engine stop) and turns OFF after restarting the engine. L
SYNCHRONIZATION WITH MASTER WARNING LAMP
Not applicable
M
OPERATION AT COMBINATION METER CAN COMMUNICATION CUT-OFF OR UNUSUAL SIG-
NAL
For the operation for CAN communication blackout in the combination meter, refer to MWI-38, "Fail-Safe" [with
color display (with intelligent key)], MWI-45, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : Fail-Safe" [with color display (with- N
out intelligent key)], MWI-170, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : Fail-Safe" (with monochrome display).
JSBIA6158GB
SIGNAL PATH
• When the lighting conditions of the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) are satisfied, ECM transmits a malfunc-
tion indicator lamp (MIL) signal to the combination meter via CAN communication.
• The combination meter turns ON or blinks the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL), according to a signal
received from ECM.
LIGHTING CONDITION
When all of the following conditions are satisfied:
• Ignition switch: ON
• DTC which influences on exhaust gasses is judged.
NOTE:
• For DTCs that the malfunction indicator lamp turns ON and the number of DTC diagnosis trips, refer to EC-
494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-521, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
SHUTOFF CONDITION
When any of the following conditions is satisfied:
• Ignition switch: OFF
• Erase DTC
TIMING CHART
JPBIA6022GB
DESIGN/PURPOSE
EC
JPNIA1884ZZ
D
BULB CHECK
Not applicable
OPERATION AT COMBINATION METER CAN COMMUNICATION CUT-OFF OR UNUSUAL SIG- E
NAL
For the operation for CAN communications blackout or abnormal signal reception, refer to MWI-38, "Fail-Safe"
[with color display (with intelligent key)], MWI-45, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : Fail-Safe" [with color display F
(without intelligent key)], MWI-170, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : Fail-Safe" (with monochrome display).
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
G
JPBIA6027GB
SIGNAL PATH J
• ECM performs the glow control, according to an IGN ON signal, water temperature signal, and engine speed
signal. ECM transmits a glow indicator lamp signal to the combination meter in quick preheat mode via CAN
communication. K
• The combination meter turns ON the glow indicator lamp, according to a glow indicator lamp signal received
from ECM via CAN communication.
LIGHTING CONDITION L
When any of the following conditions is satisfied:
• Ignition switch: ON
• Mode: Quick preheat mode M
NOTE:
The glow indicator lamp does not turn ON in after glow mode.
SHUTOFF CONDITION N
When any of the following conditions is satisfied:
• Ignition switch: OFF
• Quick preheat mode is complete.
O
• Engine start
JPBIA6028GB
DESIGN/PURPOSE
When a certain amount of PM (particulate matter) accumulates in the DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter), the warn-
ing lamp/indicator lamp turns ON to inform the driver of the necessity of the DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter)
regeneration.
NOTE:
For the outline of DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) control and regener-
ation, refer to EC-443, "AFTER TREATMENT SYSTEM : System
Description".
JPNIA1927ZZ
BULB CHECK
The bulb turns ON when the ignition switch is turned ON (engine stop) and turns OFF after the engine is
started.
OPERATION AT COMBINATION METER CAN COMMUNICATION CUT-OFF OR UNUSUAL SIG-
NAL
For the operation for CAN communications blackout or abnormal signal reception, refer to MWI-38, "Fail-Safe"
[with color display (with intelligent key)], MWI-45, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : Fail-Safe" [with color display
(without intelligent key)], MWI-170, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : Fail-Safe" (with monochrome display).
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSOIA0691GB
SIGNAL PATH
H
JSOIA0692GB
JSCIA0831ZZ
O
DESIGN/PURPOSE
When engine oil pressure is low, the engine oil pressure warning informs the driver of low oil pressure to pre-
vent damage to the engine. P
Symbol Message
JPNIA1881ZZ
BULB CHECK
Not applicable
OPERATION AT COMBINATION METER CAN COMMUNICATION CUT-OFF OR UNUSUAL SIG-
NAL
For the operation for CAN communications blackout or abnormal signal reception, refer to MWI-38, "Fail-
Safe".
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA3716GB
SIGNAL PATH
• IPDM E/R receives a signal from the engine oil pressure switch and transmits an oil pressure switch signal to
BCM via CAN communication.
• BCM transmits the received oil pressure switch signal to the combination meter via CAN communication.
• The information display (on combination meter) is SHOWN/HIDDEN the engine oil pressure warning,
according to the oil pressure switch signal received from BCM.
LIGHTING CONDITION
When all of the following conditions for at least 5 seconds are satisfied:
• Ignition switch: ON
• Engine oil pressure is less than specified value. (Oil pressure switch signal: ON)
• Engine speed is more than 500 rpm.
SHUTOFF CONDITION
When any of the following conditions is satisfied:
• Ignition switch: OFF
• Engine oil pressure is the specified value or more. (Oil pressure switch signal: OFF)
• Engine speed is less than 500 rpm.
EC
E
JSBIA3700GB
t: 100 ms
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST F
NOTE: G
Regarding the arrangement. Refer to MWI-10, "METER SYSTEM : Design" (with color display) or MWI-145,
"METER SYSTEM : Design" (with monochrome display).
H
Name Design Arrangement/Function
J
Regarding the function. Refer to EC-447, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR
Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)
LAMPS : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)".
K
Regarding the function. Refer to EC-448, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR
Glow indicator lamp
LAMPS : Glow Indicator Lamp".
L
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) warn- Regarding the function. Refer to EC-450, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR
ing lamp LAMPS : DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) Warning Lamp".
M
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning/Indicator (On Information Display)
INFOID:0000000014267820
N
Name Function
ASCD Indicator Refer to EC-451, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : ASCD Indicator".
O
Refer to EC-451, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : Engine Oil Pressure Warn-
Engine oil pressure warning
ing".
CAN COMMUNICATION P
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
JSBIA5589ZZ F
SWITCH OPERATION
J
Item Function
CANCEL switch Cancels the cruise control driving.
K
• Resumes the set speed.
ACCEL/RES switch
• Increases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
• Sets desired cruise speed.
COAST/SET switch L
• Decreases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
MAIN switch Master switch to activate the ASCD system.
Refer to EC-445, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for ASCD operat- M
ing instructions.
OIL CONTROL SYSTEM
N
OIL CONTROL SYSTEM : Switch Name and Function INFOID:0000000014267823
SWITCH OPERATION
O
Item Function
Refer to MWI-24, "Switch Name and Function"(with color information display) or MWI-158,
Steering switch P
"Switch Name and Function"(with monochrome information display).
RESET OPERATION
CAUTION:
When an alert was displayed, change the engine oil, and reset the engine oil data.
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. On information display, select “Settings” >> “Maintenance” >> “Service”.
3. Press “ENTER” switch until “YES/NO” is appeared.
DESCRIPTION EC
This system uses two malfunction indicator lamps. When detecting a system error, ECM turns ON the mal-
function indicator lamp to alert the driver of the presence of malfunction. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC
Index" (YS23DDT), EC-521, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT). C
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL) (YELLOW)
ECM turns ON MIL (yellow) when an emission-related malfunction occurs or when a component part specified
by European laws and regulations becomes inoperable three trips in a raw. D
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL) (RED)
ECM may turn ON MIL (red) when a malfunction occurs in the engine.
E
FUNCTION
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items detected in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode, refer to — EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index"
(YS23DDT), EC-521, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Item*
Unit
CONSULT screen terms Full spell
WATER TEMP Water temperature °C or °F
ENGINE SPEED Engine speed rpm
VEHICLE SPEED Vehicle speed km/h or mph
COMPUTER SUPPLY VOLTAGE Computer supply voltage V
RAIL PRES SET Rail pressure setting bar
RAIL PRESSURE Rail pressure bar
RAIL PRESS SEN VOLT Rail pressure sensor voltage V
FUEL FLOW Fuel flow mg/cp
BOOST PRESSURE Boost pressure mbar
BOOST PRESS REF VALUE Boost pressure reference value hpa
MEASURE AIR FLOW Measured air flow kg/h
TURBOCHARGING SOLENOID VALVE
Turbocharging solenoid valve OCR %
OCR
MANIFOLD PRESSURE Manifold pressure mbar
INLET AIR TEMPERATURE Inlet air temperature °C or °F
EST. AIR FLOW Estimated air flow mg/cp
INLET AIR FLOW Inlet air flow mg/cp
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE Atmospheric pressure mbar
TBN UPSTR PRS SEN VOLT Turbine upstream pressure sensor voltage V
AIR INLET/F REL POS Air inlet flap relative position %
FUEL TEMPERATURE Fuel temperature °C or °F
IN FLAP ABSO POSI Air inlet flap absolute position %
INLET/F SEN SUPPLY VOLT Inlet flap sensor supply voltage mV
Item*
Unit A
CONSULT screen terms Full spell
DAMPER VALVE SEN VOLT Damper valve sensor voltage mV
DMPR VLV SET POS Damper valve setpoint position % EC
IN/FLAP CTRL Inlet flap control %
SEN 1 FEED V Sensors No. 1 feed voltage mV
C
ADDITIONAL INFO FD9C Additional information FD9C —
ALTERNATOR LOAD Alternator load %
ADDITIONAL INFO 2069 Additional information 2069 Nm D
SEN 2 FEED V Sensors No. 2 feed voltage mV
PL PTNMR T2 V Pedal potentiometer track 2 voltage mV
PL PTNMR T1 V Pedal potentiometer track 1 voltage mV E
HEATER PLUG CONTROL Heater plug control %
EGR VALVE OPENING REFERENCE EGR valve opening reference %
F
EGR VALVE CONTROL EGR valve control %
LAST EGR VALVE OFFSET Last EGR valve offset %
EGR VALVE FIRST OFFSET EGR valve first offset % G
POTN VAL EGR VALVE CLSD Potentiometer value EGR valve closed %
EGR POTENTIOMETER VOLTAGE EGR potentiometer voltage mV
H
EXHAUST SYSTEM FLOW Exhaust system flow g/s
TEMP. UPSTREAM OF PF Temperature upstream of particle filter °C or °F
PRS UPSTR OF TBN Pressure upstream of turbine mbar I
RFRG TEMP PRESS SEN VOLT Refrigerant pressure sensor voltage V
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE Refrigerant pressure bar
J
TBN UPSTR TEMP SETP Turbine upstream temperature setpoint °C or °F
TEMP UPSTREAM TURBINE Temperature upstream of turbine °C or °F
RV/LV BUTTON VOLTAGE RV/LV button voltage mV K
LAST OFF/V CLOSE Last offset damper valve closed %
LAST OFF/V OPEN Last offset damper valve open %
L
SEN SUPPLY N-3 VOL Sensor supply No. 3 voltage mV
PART.FILTER UPSTREAM TEMP SEN- Part.filter upstream temperature sensor
V
SOR VOLTAGE voltage
M
ADDITIONAL INFO 2813 Additional information 2813 °Crk
FLOW GAS IN DPF Flow of gas inside the particle filter m3/h
P/FLT DIFF. PRS Particle filter pressure differential hPa N
REGEN MALFNC Number of regeneration failure —
FIRST OFF/V CLOSE First offset damper valve closed %
FIRST OFF/V OPEN First offset damper valve open % O
ATMOS PRESS SEN VOLT Atmospheric pressure sensor voltage mV
OIL DILUTION INFORMATION Oil dilution information %
P
RAIL FLOW REGULATION VALVE OCR Rail flow regulation valve OCR %
CRNKS SYNC LOSS COUN Crankshaft synchronization loss counter —
AVERAGE PERIOD OF FLOWMETER
Average period of flow meter signal µS
SIGNAL
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FD1A Additional information FD1A µF
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FD19 Additional information FD19 µF
Item*
Unit
CONSULT screen terms Full spell
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FD1B Additional information FD1B µF
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FD1C Additional information FD1C µF
CYLINDER 1 ADAPTATION STATUS Cylinder 1 adaptation status —
CYLINDER 2 ADAPTATION STATUS Cylinder 2 adaptation status —
CYLINDER 3 ADAPTATION STATUS Cylinder 3 adaptation status —
CYLINDER 4 ADAPTATION STATUS Cylinder 4 adaptation status —
ADDITIONAL INFO 24D0 Additional information 24D0 —
VEHICLE SPEED DISPLAYED Vehicle speed displayed km/h or mph
ADDITIONAL INFO 287A Additional information 287A —
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FD42 Additional information FD42 —
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FD43 Additional information FD43 —
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FD4D Additional information FD4D —
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FD4E Additional information FD4E —
MAIN INJECTION FLOW Main injection flow mg/cp
SOOT IN P/FLT Soot in the particle filter G
PREHEATING MODE Preheating mode %
ADDITIONAL INFO FD2D Additional information FD2D %
• MAX
• PROTECTED
• DIAG MODE
TURBO REGULATION Turbo regulation
• INACTIVE
• REG
• INTRME
• Off
• RUNNING
MOTOR Motor • STALLED
• CRANKING
• INACTIVE
• OK
LOW FUEL LEVEL INFORMATION Low fuel level information • LOW
• INACTIVE
• REVERSE
GEARBOX RATIO Gearbox ratio • DCLTCH
• INACTIVE
• NORMAL
• STATUS1
• STAT2
COMBUSTION MODE SET Combustion mode setting
• STAT3
• STAT4
• INACTIVE
• NO
ACC. PDL DETECT BLOCK ACC. pedal detection blocked
• YES
• ACTIVE
PREHEATING REL CNT Preheating relay control • DEACTIVAT
• INACTIVE
Item*
Unit A
CONSULT screen terms Full spell
• Off
• SL ON
• SL SUS
EC
• SL INHI
CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER OP-
Cruise control/speed limiter operation • CC ON
ERATION
• CC SUS C
• CC INHI
• CC/SL A
• INACTIVE
• STAT0 D
• STAT3
CC OPERATING RELIABLY Cruise control operating reliably • STAT2
• STATUS1
E
• INACTIVE
• INACTIVE
• INVALID
• CO.1 F
CC/SL LMTR BUTTONS Cruise control/speed limiter buttons • SUSPD
• MINUS
• PLUS
• RESTART
G
• MISSING
BRAKING DETECTED MULTIPLEX SIG- • INTRME
Braking detected multiplex signal H
NAL • PRESENT
• INACTIVE
• DEACTIVAT
COMP + AFTER IGNITION Computer + After ignition • ACTIVE I
• INACTIVE
• NOT DETECTED
WATER IN DIESEL DETECTOR Water in diesel detector • DETECTED
J
• INACTIVE
• INCORRECT
CRANKSHAFT SYNCHRONISATION Crankshaft synchronization • CORRECT
• INACTIVE K
• NOT DETECTED
CRANK SIGNAL Crank signal • DETECTED
• INACTIVE L
• NOT DETECTED
VEHICLE SPEED UNIT Vehicle speed unit • DETECTED
• INACTIVE M
• NOT DONE
CAM TDC SYNC Camshaft TDC synchronization • DONE
• INACTIVE
N
• EXTING
PREHEATER LIGHT Preheating warning light • ILLUM
• INACTIVE
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
O
Work Item
G
Work item Description Usage
WRITE V.I.N. In this mode, VIN is registered in ECM. When registering VIN in ECM.
In this mode, number of engine first starts (or number of trips done Driving cycle severity for Oil H
NUMBER OF STARTING 1
by the vehicle), nonresettable. Change System.
Driving cycle severity for Oil
NUMBER OF STARTING 2 In this mode, cumulative number of engine starts, non resettable.
Change System. I
In this mode, number of engine first starts (or number of trips done Driving cycle severity for Oil
NUMBER OF STARTING 3
by the vehicle). Change System.
SAVE COMPUTER DATA In this mode, save data that is in ECM. When ECM is replaced.*
ADAPTIVES AFTER RE-
In this mode, DPF learnings are cleared. When DPF is replaced.
PLACING CABIN FILTER
INTERVAL OF OIL CHANGE In this mode, capable to advise customer about the cause of oil
—
(OCS) OXIDATION change interval is shortened by oil control system.
OIL CHANGE INTERVAL In this mode, capable to advise customer about the cause of oil
—
(OCS): DILUTION change interval is shortened by oil control system.
*: The necessary operation is different depending on the operation result of ECM data save or write. Always
perform the operation according to procedures. Refer to EC-553, "Description".
ACTIVE TEST MODE
CYLINDER 1 ADAPTA-
Ignition switch: ON 0.00
TION STATUS E
CYLINDER 2 ADAPTA-
Ignition switch: ON 0.00
TION STATUS
Clutch pedal: Fully released RELSD F
CL START OF TRAVEL
Ignition switch: ON Clutch pedal: Fully depressed PRESSED
SW
Other than above condition INACTIVE
G
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO.
Engine running at idle Fuel balancing control - cylinder 1 1.04
1
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO.
Engine running at idle Fuel balancing control - cylinder 4 0.91 H
4
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 94.3 °C
TEMP. UPSTREAM OF
• Shift lever: P
PF Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 110.7 °C
• No load I
6.36 g
SOOT IN P/FLT Ignition switch: ON
Indicates soot mas in the DPF
J
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 16.16 g/s
EXHAUST SYSTEM
• Shift lever: P
FLOW Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 54.89 g/s
• No load
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO. K
Engine running at idle Fuel balancing control - cylinder 2 0.97
2
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO.
Engine running at idle Fuel balancing control - cylinder 3 1.08
3 L
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 1127 mbar
P/FLT DIFF. PRS • Shift lever: P
• No load Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 1568 mbar
M
POTN VAL EGR VALVE
Ignition switch: ON 20.4 %
CLSD
SEN SUPPLY N-3 VOL Ignition switch: ON Approx. 4.98 V N
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 8 mbar
PRS UPSTR OF TBN • Shift lever: P
• No load Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 30 mbar
O
Indicates temperature up-
TEMP upstream turbine Ignition switch: ON
stream of turbine
PART.FILTER UP- P
STREAM TEMP SENSOR Ignition switch: ON 4.95 V
VOLTAGE
DMPR VLV SET POS Ignition switch: ON 0.0 %
DAMPER VALVE SEN
Ignition switch: ON 4.51 V
VOLT
TERMINAL LAYOUT
JSBIA6468GB
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition C
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.07 V D
1 34 • Idle speed
Turbocharger boost sensor Input
(V) (G) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.45 V E
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
[Engine is running] 3.19 V
2 28 Intake air temperature sen-
Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with intake F
(BG) (P) sor 2
• Idle speed air temperature.
[Engine is running] 4.6 V
3 23 Exhaust gas temperature
Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with ex-
(BR) (Y) sensor 2 G
• Idle speed haust gas temperature.
Engine coolant temperature:
2.89 V
6 39 Engine coolant temperature 25°C (77°F)
Input H
(SB) (W) sensor Engine coolant temperature:
0.84 V
80°C (176°F)
8 135 [Engine is running]
A/F sensor Input 2.5 V I
(Y) (B) • Warm-up condition
9 44
(W) (B) G sensor*3 Input [Ignition switch: ON] 2.5 V
J
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed K
Input
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle
L
10 26 JSBIA6342ZZ
Crankshaft position sensor
(R) (B)
M
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
N
JSBIA6343ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Engine coolant temperature:
less than 30°C (86°F)
13 135 EGR volume control valve • Idle speed
Input
(BG) (B) motor (-) NOTE:
The duty cycle changes depend-
ing on EGR volume control valve
operation. JSBIA4827ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
15 135 JSBIA6344ZZ
Fuel injector No.1 (HI) Output
(R) (B)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA6345ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
16 135 JSBIA6346ZZ
Fuel injector No.1 (LO) Input
(G) (B)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA6347ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
17 56
Refrigerant pressure sensor Input • Both A/C switch and blower 1.2 - 1.3 V
(W) (BR)
fan switch: ON (Compressor
operates)
[Engine is running] 1.9 V
18 33
Fuel temperature sensor Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with fuel
(L) (B)
• Idle speed temperature.
[Engine is running] 4.85 V
21 37 Exhaust gas temperature
Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with ex-
(LG) (P) sensor 1
• Idle speed haust gas temperature.
0.1 - 4.8 V
22 38
EGR temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with EGR
(GR) (LG)
temperature.
[Engine is running] H
• Engine coolant temperature:
less than 30°C (86°F)
29 135 EGR volume control valve • Idle speed
Input
(V) (B) motor (+) NOTE: I
The duty cycle changes depend-
ing on EGR volume control valve
operation. JSBIA4825ZZ
J
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
K
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle. L
31 135 JSBIA6344ZZ
Fuel injector No.3 (HI) Output
(L) (B)
M
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm N
JSBIA6345ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
32 135 JSBIA6346ZZ
Fuel injector No.3 (LO) Input
(Y) (B)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA6347ZZ
33 Sensor ground
— — — —
(B) (Fuel temperature sensor)
34 Sensor ground
— — — —
(G) (Turbocharger boost sensor)
Sensor ground
37
— (Exhaust gas temperature — — —
(P)
sensor 1)
38 Sensor ground
— — — —
(LG) (EGR temperature sensor)
Sensor ground
39
— (Engine coolant temperature — — —
(W)
sensor)
41 135 [Engine is running]
A/F sensor Input 3.09 V
(G) (B) • Warm-up condition
43 26 Sensor power supply
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(Y) (B) (Crankshaft position sensor)
44
— Sensor ground*3 — — —
(B) (G sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
47 135 JSBIA6344ZZ
Fuel injector No.4 (HI) Output
(SB) (B)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA6345ZZ
E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
F
JSBIA6347ZZ
P
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA6345ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
64 135 JSBIA6346ZZ
Fuel injector No.2 (LO) Input
(B) (B)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA6347ZZ
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0.78 V
• A few seconds after turning ig-
65 135 ECM relay nition switch OFF
Output
(BR) (B) (Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after 12.42 V
turning ignition switch OFF
[Ignition switch: ON] 12 V
Perform “COOLANT CIRC
68 135 Thermo management valve SWITCHING S/V” in “ACTIVE
Output
(Y) (B) control solenoid valve TEST” mode.*2 0V
Touch “START”: Command in
progress
[Engine is running]
• Engine coolant temperature:
12.91 V
less than 20°C (68°F)
70 135 Glow plug control (com- • Idle speed
Output
(W) (B) mand) [Engine is running]
• Engine coolant temperature:
12.8 V
more than 80°C (176°F)
• Idle speed
79 135
[Engine is running] F
Fuel flow actuator Output • Warm-up condition 9.6 - 12 V
(L) (B)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running] G
• Diesel particulate filter manual BATTERY VOLTAGE
regeneration switch indicator: (11 - 14 V)
Diesel particulate filter man- OFF
80 135
ual regeneration switch indi- Output H
(SB) (B) [Engine is running]
cator
• Diesel particulate filter manual
0V
regeneration switch indicator:
ON
I
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Fuel temperature: less than 0.05 V
45°C (113°F)
86 135 J
Fuel heater relay control Output [Engine is running]
(P) (B)
• Warm-up condition
14.43 V
• Fuel temperature: 65°C
(149°F) or more K
89 Sensor ground
— — — —
(G) (Throttle position sensor)
[Ignition switch: OFF] L
For 20 seconds after turning igni-
tion switch OFF 0.2 – 4.7 V
90 89
Throttle position sensor Input NOTE: Output voltage fluctuates be-
(P) (G) M
Repeat several times opening tween 0 V and 5.0 V.
and shutting after turning ignition
switch OFF.
[Engine is running] N
• Warm-up condition 2.16 V
91 106 EGR volume control valve • Idle speed
Input
(SB) (R) control position sensor [Engine is running] O
• Warm-up condition 1V
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.88 V P
93 108 Exhaust gas pressure sen- • Idle speed
Input
(GR) (BG) sor [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.6 V
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
2.38 V
94 110 Intake air temperature sen- [Engine is running]
Input Output voltage varies with intake
(SB) (W) sor 1 • Warm-up condition
air temperature.
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle
99 101 JSBIA6340ZZ
Camshaft position sensor Input
(L) (B)
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
JSBIA6341ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 4.49 V
100 110 • Idle speed
Mass air flow sensor Input
(G) (W) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 4.58 V
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
101 Sensor ground
— — — —
(B) (Camshaft position sensor)
Sensor ground
103
— (DPF differential pressure — — —
(B)
sensor)
Sensor ground
106
— (EGR volume control valve — — —
(R)
control position sensor)
0V
Ignition switch: ON
JSBIA6339ZZ
110
Sensor ground C
— (Mass air flow sensor, Intake — — —
(W)
air temperature sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V D
112 135
Power supply for ECM Input BATTERY VOLTAGE
(R) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14 V)
0V E
Ignition switch: ON F
H
Engine is running (at idle)
I
JSBIA6339ZZ
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
A
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL
NOTE:
• The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applica- EC
ble to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
• Numerical values in the following table are reference values.
• These values are input/output values that ECM receives/transmits and may differ from actual operations. C
• For outlines of following items, refer to EC-458, "CONSULT Function".
CYLINDER 1 ADAPTA-
Ignition switch: ON 0.00
TION STATUS
CYLINDER 2 ADAPTA-
Ignition switch: ON 0.00
TION STATUS
Clutch pedal: Fully released RELSD
CL START OF TRAVEL
Ignition switch: ON Clutch pedal: Fully depressed PRESSED
SW
Other than above condition INACTIVE
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO.
Engine running at idle Fuel balancing control - cylinder 1 1.04
1
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO.
Engine running at idle Fuel balancing control - cylinder 4 0.91
4
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 94.3 °C
TEMP. UPSTREAM OF
• Shift lever: P
PF Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 110.7 °C
• No load
6.36 g
SOOT IN P/FLT Ignition switch: ON
Indicates soot mas in the DPF
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 16.16 g/s
EXHAUST SYSTEM
• Shift lever: P
FLOW Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 54.89 g/s
• No load
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO.
Engine running at idle Fuel balancing control - cylinder 2 0.97
2
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO.
Engine running at idle Fuel balancing control - cylinder 3 1.08
3
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 1127 mbar
P/FLT DIFF. PRS • Shift lever: P
• No load Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 1568 mbar
JSBIA6468GB
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
• ECM is located near the battery in the engine room.
Revision: November 2016 EC-503 2017 D23
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [YS23DDT/YS23DDTT (M9T)]
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT.
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.07 V
1 34 • Idle speed
Turbocharger boost sensor Input
(V) (G) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.45 V
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
[Engine is running] 3.19 V
2 28 Intake air temperature sen-
Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with intake
(BG) (P) sor 2
• Idle speed air temperature.
[Engine is running] 4.6 V
3 23 Exhaust gas temperature
Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with ex-
(BR) (Y) sensor 2
• Idle speed haust gas temperature.
Engine coolant temperature:
2.89 V
6 39 Engine coolant temperature 25°C (77°F)
Input
(SB) (W) sensor Engine coolant temperature:
0.84 V
80°C (176°F)
8 135 [Engine is running]
A/F sensor Input 2.5 V
(Y) (B) • Warm-up condition
9 44
(W) (B) G sensor*3 Input [Ignition switch: ON] 2.5 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
Input
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle
10 26 JSBIA6342ZZ
Crankshaft position sensor
(R) (B)
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA6343ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition E
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle. F
15 135 JSBIA6344ZZ
Fuel injector No.1 (HI) Output
(R) (B)
G
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
H
JSBIA6345ZZ
I
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed J
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
K
16 135 JSBIA6346ZZ
Fuel injector No.1 (LO) Input
(G) (B)
L
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
M
JSBIA6347ZZ
[Engine is running] N
• Warm-up condition
17 56
Refrigerant pressure sensor Input • Both A/C switch and blower 1.2 - 1.3 V
(W) (BR)
fan switch: ON (Compressor
operates) O
[Engine is running] 1.9 V
18 33
Fuel temperature sensor Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with fuel
(L) (B)
• Idle speed temperature. P
[Engine is running] 4.85 V
21 37 Exhaust gas temperature
Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with ex-
(LG) (P) sensor 1
• Idle speed haust gas temperature.
0.1 - 4.8 V
22 38
EGR temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with EGR
(GR) (LG)
temperature.
[Engine is running]
• Engine coolant temperature:
less than 30°C (86°F)
29 135 EGR volume control valve • Idle speed
Input
(V) (B) motor (+) NOTE:
The duty cycle changes depend-
ing on EGR volume control valve
operation. JSBIA4825ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
31 135 JSBIA6344ZZ
Fuel injector No.3 (HI) Output
(L) (B)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA6345ZZ
E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
F
JSBIA6347ZZ
33 Sensor ground
— — — — G
(B) (Fuel temperature sensor)
34 Sensor ground
— — — —
(G) (Turbocharger boost sensor)
H
Sensor ground
37
— (Exhaust gas temperature — — —
(P)
sensor 1)
38 Sensor ground I
— — — —
(LG) (EGR temperature sensor)
Sensor ground
39
(W)
— (Engine coolant temperature — — — J
sensor)
41 135 [Engine is running]
A/F sensor Input 3.09 V
(G) (B) • Warm-up condition K
43 26 Sensor power supply
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(Y) (B) (Crankshaft position sensor)
44
— Sensor ground*3 — — —
L
(B) (G sensor)
[Engine is running] M
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de- N
pending on rpm at idle.
47 135 JSBIA6344ZZ
Fuel injector No.4 (HI) Output
(SB) (B) O
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition P
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA6345ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
48 135 JSBIA6346ZZ
Fuel injector No.4 (LO) Input
(V) (B)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA6347ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
63 135 JSBIA6344ZZ
Fuel injector No.2 (HI) Output
(W) (B)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA6345ZZ
E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
F
JSBIA6347ZZ
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF] G
0.78 V
• A few seconds after turning ig-
65 135 ECM relay nition switch OFF
Output
(BR) (B) (Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF] H
• More than a few seconds after 12.42 V
turning ignition switch OFF
[Ignition switch: ON] 12 V I
Perform “COOLANT CIRC
68 135 Thermo management valve SWITCHING S/V” in “ACTIVE
Output
(Y) (B) control solenoid valve TEST” mode.*2 0V
J
Touch “START”: Command in
progress
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 3V K
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 7V L
69 135 HP turbine bypass valve • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Output
(L) (B) control solenoid valve
Perform “HIGH PRESSURE
TURBINE” in “ACTIVE TEST” M
mode.*2 1.6 V
Touch “START”: Command in
progress
N
[Engine is running]
• Engine coolant temperature:
12.91 V
less than 20°C (68°F)
70 135 Glow plug control (com- • Idle speed O
Output
(W) (B) mand) [Engine is running]
• Engine coolant temperature:
12.8 V
more than 80°C (176°F)
P
• Idle speed
I
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed J
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle
K
99 101 JSBIA6340ZZ
Camshaft position sensor Input
(L) (B)
L
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
M
JSBIA6341ZZ
[Engine is running] N
• Warm-up condition 4.49 V
100 110 • Idle speed
Mass air flow sensor Input
(G) (W) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 4.58 V O
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
101 Sensor ground
— — — —
(B) (Camshaft position sensor) P
Sensor ground
103
— (DPF differential pressure — — —
(B)
sensor)
Sensor ground
106
— (EGR volume control valve — — —
(R)
control position sensor)
Ignition switch: ON
JSBIA6339ZZ
Sensor ground
108
— (Exhaust gas pressure sen- — — —
(BG)
sor)
Sensor ground
110
— (Mass air flow sensor, Intake — — —
(W)
air temperature sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
112 135
Power supply for ECM Input BATTERY VOLTAGE
(R) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14 V)
0V
Ignition switch: ON
JSBIA6339ZZ
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
N
Items MIL lighting up
DTC*1 (CONSULT screen terms)
Trip Reference
Yellow Red
U0101 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 10 — — EC-572 O
U0121 MLTIPLXD TRACTION CNTRL CONN 10 — — EC-573
U0415 MLTIPLXD TRACTION CNTRL CONN 10 — — EC-574
P0001 FUEL FLOW REGULATOR CIRCUIT 10 — × EC-575
P
WIRING DIAGRAM A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000014267834
EC
ABBWA1852GB
ABBWA1853GB
EC
ABBWA1854GB
ABBWA1855GB
EC
ABBWA1856GB
ABBIA3684GB
EC
ABBIA3685GB
ABBIA3686GB
EC
ABBIA3687GB
ABBIA3688GB
EC
ABBIA3689GB
ABBIA3690GB
EC
ABBIA3691GB
ABBIA3692GB
EC
ABBIA3693GB
ABBIA3694GB
EC
ABBIA3695GB
ABBIA3696GB
EC
ABBIA3697GB
ABBIA3698GB
EC
ABBIA3699GB
BASIC INSPECTION
BASIC INSPECTION
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000014267835
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related incident.
2. Check the current need for scheduled maintenance, especially for fuel filter and air cleaner filter. Refer to
MA-14, "EXCEPT MEXICO AND BRAZIL : Periodic Maintenance".
3. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections
- Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts
4. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
>> GO TO 2.
SEF142I
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-791, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-802, "Idle Speed".
OVERALL SEQUENCE
JMBIA1804GB
DETAILED FLOW
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
Revision: November 2016 EC-548 2017 D23
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [YS23DDT/YS23DDTT (M9T)]
Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. (Refer to EC-550, "Diagnostic Work A
Sheet".)
>> GO TO 2. EC
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check DTC.
C
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
- Record DTC. (Print them out with CONSULT or GST.)
- Erase DTC.
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer. D
[Symptom Table or diagnosis procedure is useful. Refer to EC-785, "YS23DDT : Symptom Table"
(YS23DDT), EC-787, "YS23DDTT : Symptom Table" (YS23DDTT)].
3. Check related service bulletins for information. E
Is any symptom described and is any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4. F
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON). G
Also study the fail safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-487, "YS23DDT : Fail-safe" (YS23DDT), EC-514,
"YS23DDTT : Fail-safe" (YS23DDTT).
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident. H
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 5. I
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident. J
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 6. K
>> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE
>> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-47, "Circuit Inspec-
tion".
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT. Refer to EC-470, "YS23DDT : Reference Value" (YS23DDT), EC-497, "YS23DDTT : Refer-
ence Value" (YS23DDTT).
9.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. Refer to EC-457, "Diagnosis Description".
>> GO TO 10.
10.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 8.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC in ECM.
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000014267837
DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady and DTC to
be detected. Examples:
• Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L
• Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.
EC
L
MTBL0017
×:Applicable
Service performed
Part name Replace- Required service Reference
ment Removal*
>> GO TO 3. I
3.PERFORM PROGRAMMING
Refer to “CONSULT Operation Manual”.
J
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM ECM KEY ID REGISTRATION K
Refer to “CONSULT Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS”.
L
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM CONFIGURATION REGISTRATION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute. M
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check that the battery voltage is between 11 V and 14 V.
4. Wait at least 10 seconds. N
CAUTION:
During this step, never perform any vehicle operation.
5. If necessary, perform configuration registration using CONSULT function.
O
>> GO TO 6.
6.WRITE ECM DATA P
1. Select “WRITE SAVED DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE:
The data saved by “WRITE SAVED DATA” is written to ECM.
Is operation completed successfully?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 10.
Revision: November 2016 EC-553 2017 D23
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [YS23DDT/YS23DDTT (M9T)]
>> GO TO 8.
8.PERFORM PROGRAMMING
Refer to “CONSULT Operation Manual”.
>> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM ECM KEY ID REGISTRATION
Refer to “CONSULT Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS”.
>> GO TO 10.
10.PERFORM CONFIGURATION REGISTRATION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check that the battery voltage is between 11 V and 14 V.
4. Wait at least 10 seconds.
CAUTION:
During this step, never perform any vehicle operation.
5. If necessary, perform configuration registration using CONSULT function.
>> GO TO 11.
11.PERFORM INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION
Perform EC-556, "Description".
>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-558, "Description".
>> GO TO 13.
13.PERFORM EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-559, "Description".
>> GO TO 14.
14.PERFORM G SENSOR CALIBRATION
Perform TM-198, "Description".
>> GO TO 15.
15.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
Perform EC-566, "Description".
>> GO TO 16.
16.PERFORM FUEL PUMP FIRST PRIMING PROCEDURE
Perform EC-567, "Description".
>> GO TO 19. D
19.PERFORM ENGINE OIL DATA RESET
Perform EC-565, "Description".
E
>> GO TO 20.
20.CHECK DTC F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. G
>> END
H
JMBIA2928GB
1.START
NOTE:
• Before performing this procedure, record injector adjustment value printed on a fuel injector.
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped).
2. Select “ENTER INJECTOR CODES” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “START”.
NOTE:
When touching “START”, CONSULT reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM.
4. Select the number of the cylinder which needs Injector Adjustment Value Registration.
5. Input injector adjustment value.
NOTE:
• For injector adjustment value, refer to the following table.
EC
JMBIA2928GB
D
6. Repeat step 4 - 5 till there is no cylinder which needs Injector Adjustment Value Registration, and touch
“START”.
NOTE:
E
When touching “START”, injector adjustment values stored in CONSULT are written onto ECM memory.
7. Check that the following values are same for each cylinder.
- Injector adjustment value which is printed on a fuel injector.
- Injector adjustment value which is displayed on CONSULT screen. F
NOTE:
• In this step, CONSULT reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM and displays the values on the
CONSULT screen. This is for checking if injector adjustment values are written onto ECM memory cor-
G
rectly.
• If DTC is detected, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the DTC, and check if the same DTC is
detected again.
8. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute. H
>> END
I
Throttle Valve Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by moni-
toring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of electric
throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
Throttle Valve Position Learning Value Clear is an operation to clear the fully closed position of the throttle
valve learnt in ECM. It must be performed when replacing electric controlled throttle actuator. (For details,
refer to EC-558, "Work Procedure".)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000014267844
1.START
Is the work performing after replacing throttle actuator?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE POSITION LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
With CONSULT
Perform “AIR DAMPER VALVE PROGRAMMING” of “WORK SUPPORT” in “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE POSITION LEARNING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Check that accelerator pedal is fully released.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 minute.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
NOTE:
Check that throttle valve moves by confirming the operating sound.
>> END
EGR Volume Control Valve Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the EGR vol- EC
ume control valve by monitoring the EGR volume control valve position sensor output signal. It must be per-
formed under any of the following conditions:
• EGR volume control valve is removed.
• EGR volume control valve is replaced. C
• ECM is replaced.
EGR Volume Control Valve Position Learning Value Clear is an operation to clear the fully closed position of
the EGR volume control valve learnt in ECM. It must be performed when replacing EGR volume control valve. D
(For details, refer to EC-559, "Work Procedure".)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000014267846
E
1.START
F
Is the work performing after replacing EGR volume control valve?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
G
2.PERFORM EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute. H
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Perform “EGR VALVE PROGRAMMING” of “WORK SUPPORT” in “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
I
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION LEARNING
J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 minute.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
NOTE: K
Check that EGR volume control valve moves by confirming the operating sound.
>> END L
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER MANUAL REGENERATION is a function where driver intentionally performs
regeneration so that PM is not deposited excessively in diesel particulate filter. If excessively short distance or
light load driving is continued, automatic regeneration cannot be performed when PM is deposited. Therefore,
when PM is reached to the specified level, diesel particulate filter warning light of combination meter turns ON.
(For details, refer to EC-560, "Work Procedure".)
NOTE:
If DTC P2002 is detected, diesel particulate filter manual regeneration cannot be performed when pressing
diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000014267848
1.PREPARATION
Check that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Regeneration is interrupted if any of the following items changes to another condition.
• Diesel particulate filter warning light: ON
• Vehicle speed: 0 km/h (0 MPH)
• Transmission gear position: Neutral (M/T models), P (A/T models)
• Accelerator pedal: Released state
• Clutch pedal: Released state (M/T models)
• Brake pedal: Released state
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER MANUAL REGENERATION
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Press diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch and wait for approximately 20 minutes until die-
sel particulate filter warning light turns OFF.
NOTE:
Engine speed increases during diesel particulate filter manual regeneration.
3. Check that diesel particulate filter warning light turns OFF.
Does diesel particulate filter warning light turn OFF?
YES >> END
NO >> Perform DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER SERVICE REGENERATION. Refer to EC-561,
"Description".
Certain types of driving conditions (e.g. urban driving) may load to heavy loads in DPF (Diesel Particulate Fil- EC
ter). This soot mass may adversely affect the driving. This function can perform DPF regeneration under vehi-
cle stop condition.
Service regeneration is performed with CONSULT to reduce particulate matter in DPF (Diesel Particulate Fil-
ter). Service regeneration should be performed in the following cases. C
• ECM enters fail-safe mode because the amount of particulate matter in DPF reaches the specified level.
NOTE:
When ECM enters fail-safe mode because the amount of particulate matter in DPF reaches the specified D
level, check whether or not DTC P2002 is stored in ECM. In the case of DTC stored, perform the Diagnostic
Procedure for the DTC.
• ECM is replaced.
NOTE: E
• Based on the signal from sensors ECM measures the amount of particulate matter in DPF and stores the
value in EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory). When ECM is replaced as
new one, there is a difference between the actual amount of particulate matter and the value stored in new F
ECM, because the value stored in new ECM is initialized one. In the case above, ECM can not perform
regeneration control correctly. So, perform service regeneration to make the amount of particulate matter
in DPF zero.
• The necessary operation is different depending on the operation result of ECM data save or write. Always G
perform the operation according to procedures. Refer to EC-553, "Work Procedure".
• Component inspection for DPF is performed.
CAUTION: H
Oil change is required, depending on service regeneration procedure. Because fuel mixes with
engine oil during service regeneration. The mixture does not occur during the regeneration which is
automatically performed under normal operation.
I
(For details, refer to EC-561, "Work Procedure".)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000014267850
J
1.CHECK DTC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. K
3. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for detected DTC. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" L
(YS23DDT), EC-521, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK QUANTITY OF SOOT MASS M
1. On CONSULT screen, select “ENGINE”” >> “DATA MONITOR” >> “SOOT IN P/FLT”.
2. Check that the value is 46.2g or less.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the DPF. Refer to EX-18, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL O
>> GO TO 9.
8.REPLACE DPF
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace the DPF. Refer to EX-18, "Removal and Installation".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Perform “ADAPTIVES AFTER REPLACING CABIN FILTER” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE”
using CONSULT.
>> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK DTC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC “P253F” detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> END
10.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
Revision: November 2016 EC-562 2017 D23
SERVICE REGENERATION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [YS23DDT/YS23DDTT (M9T)]
1. Change engine oil. Refer to LU-44, "Draining" or LU-44, "Refilling".
2. Perform “ENGINE OIL DATA RESET”. Refer to EC-565, "Description". A
3. Erase DTC.
>> END EC
Perform “ADAPTIVE AFTER REPLACING CABIN FILTER” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT
when oxidation catalyst with diesel particulate filter is replaced with a new one. Based on the signal from sen-
sors, ECM estimates the amount of particulate matter in diesel particulate filter and stores the value in
EEPROM as diesel particulate filter data. When oxidation catalyst with diesel particulate filter is replaced with
a new one, there is a difference between diesel particulate filter data stored in ECM and the actual amount of
particulate matter in diesel particulate filter, because no particulate matter is trapped in new diesel particulate
filter. In this case, ECM cannot perform regeneration control correctly. So perform “AFTER DPF REPLACE-
MENT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT to clear diesel particulate filter data stored
in ECM.
(For details, refer to EC-564, "Work Procedure".)
CAUTION:
Never perform “ADAPTIVE AFTER REPLACING CABIN FILTER” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of
“ENGINE” using CONSULT when oxidation catalyst with diesel particulate filter is not replaced with a
new one. Diesel particulate filter may be damaged because regeneration is not performed at appropri-
ate timing.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000014267852
1.START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “ADAPTIVE AFTER REPLACING CABIN FILTER” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using
CONSULT.
3. Touch “CLEAR” and wait a few seconds.
4. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT screen.
>> END
The oil change alert function allows calculating the remaining distance to drive before oil change request. The EC
engine oil data reset must be performed after engine oil is changed or ECM is replaced.
(For details, refer to EC-565, "Work Procedure".)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000014267854 C
VIN Registration is an operation to registering VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced.
(For details, refer to EC-566, "Work Procedure".)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000014267856
1.CHECK VIN
Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-36, "Identification Number".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and engine stopped.
2. Select “WRITE V.I.N.” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE”.
3. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
>> END
Fuel pump programming should be performed when fuel pump is replaced or ECM is replaced. (For details, EC
refer to EC-567, "Work Procedure".)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000014267858
C
1.PERFORM FUEL PUMP PROGRAMMING
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and engine stopped. D
2. Select “FUEL PUMP PROGRAMMING” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE”.
3. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
E
>> END
NOTE:
• CONDITIONS PRIOR TO TEST
- The entire low pressure system must be in good condition.
- Check the sealing of the high pressure pipes and unions.
- Test 3 High pressure fuel pump (pressure control valve) check is OK
- Test 4 High pressure fuel pump (volumetric control valve) check is OK
- Test 5 Rail high pressure regulation circuit check is OK.
• CAUSE
- Not enough or no rail pressure during starting.
- The engine does not start.
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-I
Refer to EC-624, "Component Inspection (Fuel Injector)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-338, "Removal and Installation".
2.CHECK INTERNAL FUEL TRANSFER PUMP
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the return system connections at the fuel injectors and close off the return pipes so they are
leak-tight.
3. To authorise a 15 second cranking engine and carry out this test it is essential to carry out the following
procedure:
- Disconnect high pressure fuel pump (volumetric control valve) harness connector
- Turn ignition switch ON.
- Perform “SAVE COMPUTER DATA” in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT.
- Cranking engine for at least 15 seconds (starting speed 250 rpm)
- Perform “WRITE SAVED DATA” in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT.
Is the return volume at the fuel injectors more than 20 ml per fuel injector for the starting phase?
NOTE:
• Do not repeat this procedure more than 3 times and wait 30 seconds between each 15 second cranking
engine.
• Then wait 30 minutes before cranking the engine for 315 second cycles.
• Follow this instruction so that the starter does not get damaged.
Does the flow measure more than 20 ml?
Yes >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-338, "Removal and Installation".
No >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect return pipes.
3. Start Engine.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
5. Check “RAIL PRESSURE” and “RAIL PRES SET” indication.
6. Does “RAIL PRESSURE” follow “RAIL PRES SET” during the 3 second cranking engine?
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK GLOW PLUG
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the glow plugs and check for moisture.
3. If the glow plugs are wet with fuel, it is possible that the fuel injector is leaking.
Are the glow plugs wet with fuel?
Yes >> Replace malfunction fuel injector. Refer to EM-338, "Removal and Installation".
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267861
1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse is not blowing.
+
IPDM E/R − Voltage
Connector Terminal
25
E121 Ground Battery voltage
26
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ A
IPDM E/R − Voltage
Connector Terminal
EC
E119 18 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. C
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK IPDM E/R POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND
D
Check IPDM E/R power supply and ground. Refer to PCS-39, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-40, "Removal and Installation". E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
G
ECM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
H
160
136
E12 Ground Existed
143 I
135
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. J
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT K
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
L
ECM IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E12 156 E119 18 M
65 31
Existed
F59 128 E121 25
N
112 26
3. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• CAN communication line between TCM and ECM
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and let it idle for at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-572, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267863
Perform trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-39, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYS-
TEM : CAN System Specification Chart".
1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) J
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-25, "CONSULT Function" (Without
VDC), BRC-153, "CONSULT Function" (With VDC).
K
Is DTC detected?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
L
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• CAN communication line between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and ECM
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
VDC deactivation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC U0415 can not duplicate.
1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-25, "CONSULT Function" (Without
VDC), BRC-153, "CONSULT Function" (With VDC).
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
N
1.CHECK FUEL FLOW ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel flow actuator harness connector. O
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel flow actuator harness connector and ground.
P
+
Fuel flow actuator - Voltage
Connector Terminal
F107 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
Revision: November 2016 EC-575 2017 D23
P0001 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [YS23DDT/YS23DDTT (M9T)]
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.FUEL FLOW ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Refer to EC-570, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK FUEL FLOW ACTUATOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel flow actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector.
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
I
• Throttle valve opened
• Rail pressure limitation
• Freeshift inhibited
• ASCD deactivation J
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• VDC deactivation
• A/T in limp home K
• Pressure limiting valve opening
• Not limitation of calibrated performance
• FMO: Cancellation regulator
• FMO: Stop of the adaptation L
• Strong vehicle speed limitation [30km/h (18.6 MPH)]
• Torque limitation
• Inhibition of regulation mode of fuel pressure regulator M
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY N
If DTC P0002 is displayed with DTC P0001, P0087, P0089, P0115, P0180, P0190, P0200, P0201, P0202,
P0203 or P0204, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0001, P0087, P0089, P0115, P0180, P0190,
P0200, P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204.
O
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-521,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0002 can not duplicate.
Fuel injector
I
Condition Resistance
Terminal
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
• Crankshaft position sensor target
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0016 is displayed with DTC P0335, P0560, P0657 or P0641, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0335, P0560, P0657 or P0641.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-521,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minutes before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and let it idle for at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-580, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267876
N
1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor harness connector. O
3. Check the resistance between CMP sensor terminals.
CMP sensor P
Resistance
Terminal
3 2 More than 100 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace CMP sensor. Refer to EM-358, "Exploded View".
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
• HP compressor bypass valve control solenoid valve
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• Boost regulation cutoff
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• EGR valve closed
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0033 is displayed with DTC P0560 or P0657, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0560 or
P0657.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-521, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-582, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267880
+
HP compressor bypass valve con- Voltage EC
−
trol solenoid valve (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F131 2 Ground Battery voltage
C
HP compressor bypass
ECM
valve control solenoid valve Continuity G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F59 85 F131 1 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground. H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. I
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• Torque limitation
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• Boost regulation cutoff
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• Freeshift inhibited
• ASCD deactivation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minutes before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-584, "YS23DDT : Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
YS23DDT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267883
+
D
Turbocharger boost control solenoid
− Voltage
valve
Connector Terminal
E
F95 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. F
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
4.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector. H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-586, "YS23DDTT : Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
YS23DDTT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267885
+
LP wastegate valve control solenoid
− Voltage
valve
Connector Terminal
F101 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
4.CHECK LP WASTEGATE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between LP wastegate valve control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM
harness connector.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve opened (open loop)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-588, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267888
+
HP turbine bypass valve control sole- EC
− Voltage
noid valve
Connector Terminal
F130 2 Ground Battery voltage
C
N
HP turbine bypass valve
control solenoid valve Resistance
(Approx.)
Terminals
O
2 1 13 - 18 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END P
NO >> Replace HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-346, "Exploded View".
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• High pressure fuel pump (fuel circuit)
• Fuel pump (low pressure fuel circuit) (electrical fuel pump)
• Fuel injector
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Fuel temperature sensor
• Fuel filter
• Fuel tank degassing chamber
• Common rail
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0087 is displayed with DTC P0001, P0089, P0115, P0180, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204,
perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0001, P0089, P0115, P0180, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-521,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YD23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-590, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267891
Check fuel flow actuator. Refer to EC-595, "Component Inspection (Fuel flow actuator)".
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK FUEL FILTER I
Check fuel filter. Refer to FL-46, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK FUEL LINE K
Check fuel line. Refer to FL-42, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. L
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR M
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-73, "Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. N
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
10.CHECK FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check fuel temperature sensor. Refer to EC-397, "YS23DDT : Component Parts Location". O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. P
POSSIBLE CAUSE F
• Harness or connectors
• High pressure fuel pump
• Fuel leakage
• Fuel filter clogged G
• Fuel tank degassing chamber
• Fuel injector
H
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0089 is displayed with DTC P0001, P0087, P0089, P0115, P0180, P0190, P0200, P0201, P0202,
P0203 or P0204, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0001, P0087, P0089, P0115, P0180, P0190, P0200, J
P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-521, K
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L
Fuel injector
Condition Resistance
Terminal
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• Harness or connectors (Intake air temperature sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake air temperature sensor 2
F
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR cooler bypass valve closed
• Over torque inhibited
• Oil vapor heater activated when engine is running G
• Engine speed attachment detection inhibited
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
H
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0095 can not duplicate. I
+
Mass air flow sensor - Voltage L
Connector Terminal
F121 3 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 2 N
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (TC boost sensor circuit is open or shorted.) E
• TC boost sensor
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE F
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• Limited boost pressure regulation
• DPF regeneration forbidden G
• ASCD deactivation
• Freeshift Inhibited
• Increased idle speed H
• Wastegate cutoff
• Torque limitation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at J
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2. K
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and let it idle for at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC. L
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-603, "Diagnosis Procedure".
M
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267905
N
+
Voltage
Turbocharger boost sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F110 1 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
+
Voltage
Turbocharger boost sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F110 1 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
7.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check turbocharger boost sensor circuit for open and short.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Intake air temperature sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake air temperature sensor 1
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0110 can not duplicate.
E
Mass air flow sensor (intake air tem-
perature sensor 1) Condition Resistance
Terminal
F
4 2 Temperature 20° C (68°F) 2342 – 2531 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END G
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor 1). Refer to EM-307, "Removal and
Installation".
H
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
FAIL-SAFE
• After sales and factory routines inhibited
• Increased idle speed
• Torque limitation
• Engine speed limitation
• Intake air temperature sensor 2 value frozen
• Modelized coolant liquid temperature
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• EGR cooling valve activated
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-610, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267913
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector and engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
2. Check engine coolant temperature sensor circuit for open and short.
EC
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Throttle position sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Throttle position sensor
• Electric throttle control actuator
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• Air flow regulation cutoff
• Compression test routine forbidden
• ASCD deactivation
• Freeshift inhibited
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-612, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267916
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector and electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check electric throttle control actuator circuit for open and short.
C
I
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. J
3. Perform EC-558, "Description".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever to D position.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. K
ECM
Voltage L
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 200 mV M
F59 90 89
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4,700 mV
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-314, "Exploded View".
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The air fuel ratio sensor heater circuit is open or shorted.)
• Air fuel ratio sensor heater
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Stop closed-loop control
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-614, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267919
CAUTION: I
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant. J
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect A/F sensor harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between A/F sensor terminals.
L
A/ F sensor Resistance
Condition
Terminal (Approx.)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The fuel temperature sensor heater circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel temperature sensor heater
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0180 can not duplicate.
E
Fuel temperature sensor
Resistance
Terminal
1 2 77 Ω - 49 kΩ F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel temperature sensor. Refer to FL-44, "Exploded View". G
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Fuel piping
FAIL-SAFE
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• Freeshift inhibited
• ASCD deactivation
• Rail pressure limitation
• After sale routines forbidden
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• VDC deactivated
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0190 can not duplicate.
+ EC
Voltage
Fuel rail pressure sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C
F123 3 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. D
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
5.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check fuel rail pressure sensor circuit for open and short.
F
ECM Fuel rail pressure sensor
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
G
74 1
F59 73 F123 2 Existed
116 3 H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace fuel rail pressure sensor. Refer to EM-338, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. I
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
• Injector
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• VDC deactivated
• ASCD deactivation with dashboard message
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• Increased idle speed
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-620, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267927
Fuel injector
Condition Resistance O
Terminal
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The fuel injector circuit is open.)
• Fuel injector
• Injector code error
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• ASCD deactivation
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• Increased idle speed
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204 is displayed with DTC P0263, P0266, P0269 or P0272, perform the
trouble diagnosis for DTC P0263, P0266, P0269 or P0272.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-521,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YD23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-622, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267930
Fuel injector
Condition Resistance
Terminal
FAIL-SAFE
• Cooling fan activation J
• Controlled shutters opening
• Warning overheating lamp activated
• Opening of the engine coolant thermostat (request of ineffective opening in that case)
• EGR control cutoff K
• A/C compressor cutoff
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
L
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0217 is displayed with DTC P0115 or P2681, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115 or
P2681. M
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-521,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT). N
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-1
O
WARNING:
Never remove the reservoir tank cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high
pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up P
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
SEF621W
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Turbocharger
• Injector
• Segmentation pistons
• Oil decanter
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0219 can not duplicate
>> Clean all air ducts and replace engine assembly and exhaust line.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is open or shorted.) E
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1)
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE F
• Torque limitation
• After sales and factory routines inhibited
• Freeshift inhibited G
• ASCD deactivation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY H
If DTC P0225 is displayed with DTC P0641, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0641.
Is applicable DTC detected? I
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-521, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING J
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
K
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? M
YES >> Proceed to EC-629, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267936
+
Voltage
APP sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E5 2 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2
Refer to EC-570, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit for open and short.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Fully released 0.74 V
Sensor 1 152 144
Fully depressed 4.54 V
E12 Accelerator pedal
Fully released 0.38 V
Sensor 2 142 134
Fully depressed 2.25 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
EC
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Accelerator pedal
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• Torque limitation
• Pedal limp home activated
• After sales and factory routines inhibited
• Freeshift Inhibited
• ASCD deactivation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0226 can not duplicate.
+
Voltage
APP sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
1
E5 Ground 5.0 V
2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
3.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check accelerator pedal position sensor circuit for open and short.
EC
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage N
Connector
Terminal
Fully released 0.74 V
Sensor 1 152 144 O
Fully depressed 4.54 V
E12 Accelerator pedal
Fully released 0.38 V
Sensor 2 142 134
Fully depressed 2.25 V P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Fuel pump relay circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel pump relay
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minuets.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-634, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267942
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Fuel injector
• Injector code error
FAIL-SAFE
• ASCD deactivation
• Freeshift inhibited
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• VDC deactivation
• A/T in limp home
• Increased idle speed
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check that “WATER TEMP” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-636, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267944
Perform injector inspection for malfunctioning cylinder. Refer to EC-568, "Work Procedure (Fuel Injectors Leak
Check)" and EC-569, "Work Procedure (Fuel Injection Quantity Check)".
L
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> INSPECTION END
M
8.CHECK FUEL RETURN HOSE
Check Fuel return hose. Refer to EM-338, "Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT O
Fuel injector
Condition Resistance
Terminal
• 1.DEF
• 2.DEF
• 3.DEF D
• Crankshaft position sensor signal is not detected by ECM
• 4.DEF
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL when engine is running.
P0335 • 5.DEF
(Crankshaft position sensor “A” circuit) • Crankshaft position sensor signal is not in the normal pat-
• 6.DEF
tern when engine is running. E
• 7.DEF
• 8.DEF
• CO
F
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Signal plate G
FAIL-SAFE
• Throttle valve opened
H
• EGR valve closed
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• Engine speed limitation
• Torque limitation I
• VDC deactivation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
J
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0335 can not duplicate. K
CKP sensor
Resistance
Terminal
1 2 1.0 - 1.2 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace CKP sensor.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Camshaft position sensor
• Signal plate
F
FAIL-SAFE
• Synchronization on the exhaust CAM
• Intake variable valve timing control deactivation
• Inhibition of the variable valve timing control (setpoint = 0) G
• Inhibition of the variable valve timing control command (% PWM = 0)
• variable valve timing control angular position set to 0 and inhibition of the variable valve timing control
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P0016, P0335, P0560, P0641, P0651 or P0657, first perform the trouble I
diagnosis for DTC P0016, P0335, P0560, P0641, P0651 or P0657.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-521, J
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE K
NOTE:
DTC P0340 can not duplicate.
L
CMP sensor
Resistance
Terminal
3 2 More than 100 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace CMP sensor. Refer to EM-358, "Exploded View".
• 1.DEF
• ECM detects glow plug control circuit is open for 30 seconds or more.
• 2.DEF
Preheating unit DIAG CONN • ECM detects glow plug circuit is short to ground for 30 seconds or more. D
P0380 • CC.0
(Glow plug/heater circuit “A”) • ECM detects glow plug circuit is short to power for 30 seconds or more.
• CC.1
• ECM detects glow control unit error for 1 second or more.
• CO
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• Harness or connectors
- Glow plug control circuit is open or shorted.
- Glow control unit input signal circuit is open or shorted. F
• Glow plug
• Glow control unit
FAIL-SAFE G
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
H
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0380 is displayed with DTC P0560 or P0657, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0560 or
P0657. I
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-521,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT). J
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
K
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minutes before conducting the next test.
L
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. M
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-643, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
O
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267953
+
Glow control unit - Voltage
Connector Terminal
E28 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
3.CHECK GLOW CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between glow control unit harness connector and ECM harness connector.
A
1.CHECK GLOW PLUG
1. Disconnect glow plug harness connector.
2. Check resistance between glow plug terminals as follows. EC
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
• EGR volume control valve
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regenerations forbidden
• ASCD deactivation with dashboard message
• Freeshift inhibited
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine.
2. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds. Hold the steady as possible.
K
1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE MOTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector. L
3. Check resistance between EGR volume control valve terminals as follows.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (EGR volume control valve command circuit is open or shorted.)
• EGR volume control valve
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0403 is displayed with DTC P0641, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0641.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-521,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-648, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267959
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (EGR volume control valve control position sensor circuit is open or shorted.) E
• EGR volume control valve control position sensor
• EGR volume control valve
FAIL-SAFE F
• EGR valve closed
• Stop closed-loop control
• DPF regeneration forbidden G
• ASCD deactivation
• Freeshift inhibited
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test. I
>> GO TO 2.
J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC. K
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-651, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident". L
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267962
M
1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
Visually check EGR volume control valve for chipping. N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. O
2.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check EGR volume control valve harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• Harness or connectors
• EGR temperature sensor
• EGR coolant bypass valve control solenoid valve F
• EGR volume control valve
• Electric EGR cooling water pump 1 and 2
• EGR cooler
G
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE: I
DTC P040A can not duplicate.
+
Voltage
EGR temperature sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F106 2 Ground 5V
E
EGR temperature sensor Resistance
Condition
Terminal (Approx.)
TBN UPSTR PRS SEN CIRC • 2.DEF • An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
P0470
(Exhaust pressure sensor “A” circuit) • 3.DEF • An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Exhaust gas pressure sensor circuit)
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• Boost pressure limitation
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• ASCD deactivation
• Freeshift inhibited
• DPF regeneration forbidden
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0470 is displayed with DTC P0651 or P2263, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0651 or
P2263.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-521,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-656, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267967
+
G
Voltage
Exhaust gas pressure sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F126 3 Ground 5V H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
I
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
5.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check exhaust gas pressure sensor circuit for open and short.
K
ECM Exhaust gas pressure sensor
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
124 3 L
F59 108 F126 1 Existed
93 2
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. N
6.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-658, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor)".
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
P
7.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURES
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC-656, "DTC Description".
Is the DTC P0470 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> INSPECTION END
8.CHECK TURBOCHARGER
Check turbocharger. Refer to EM-327, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor) INFOID:0000000014267968
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
• Harness or connectors (Exhaust gas pressure sensor circuit)
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor
• ECM
F
FAIL-SAFE
• Boost pressure limitation
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened G
• ASCD deactivation
• Freeshift inhibited
• DPF regeneration forbidden H
• Torque limitation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY I
If DTC P0471 is displayed with DTC P0335, P0470 or P2226, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0335, P0470 or P2226. J
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-521,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT). K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE: L
DTC P0471 can not duplicate.
N
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0471 is displayed with DTC P0335, P0470 or P2226, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0335, P0470 or P2226. O
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-521,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT). P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
+
Voltage
Exhaust gas pressure sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F126 3 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
5.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check exhaust gas pressure sensor circuit for open and short.
A
1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR
1. Disconnect exhaust gas pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check the resistance between exhaust gas pressure sensor terminals as follows. EC
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
• EGR volume control valve
• EGR valve position sensor
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• Stop closed-loop control
• Freeshift inhibited
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• ASCD deactivation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-662, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267973
M
EGR volume control valve Resistance
Condition
Terminal (Approx.)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
• EGR volume control valve
• EGR volume control valve position sensor
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• Freeshift inhibited
• ASCD deactivation
• DPF regeneration forbidden
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-664, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267976
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Vehicle speed sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Vehicle speed sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0500 can not duplicate.
1.REPLACE ECM I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Replace ECM. Refer to EC-798, "Removal and Installation".
J
>> INSPECTION END
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE
A/C deactivation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-670, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267986
+
Voltage
Refrigerant pressure sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E49 3 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
E
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E49 2 F55 17 Existed F
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. G
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H
Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HAC-120, "Removal and Installation" (With auto- I
matic air conditioning), HAC-210, "Removal and Installation" (With manual A/C FULL-ELC), or
HAC-273, "Removal and Installation" (With manual A/C SEMI-ELC).
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
J
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• ASCD deactivation
• Freeshift inhibited
• After sales and factory routines inhibited
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0544 can not duplicate.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (ECM power supply circuit is open or shorted.)
• Battery
• Battery terminal
• Alternator
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
• Mechanically activated throttle limp-home
• Torque limitation
• VDC deactivation
• Glow plug circuit deactivation
• Inhibition of idle speed control
• Factory and after sales routines inhibited
• Freeshift Inhibited
• ASCD deactivation
• Wastegate cutoff
• A/T in limp home
• Deactivation of the variable valve timing control
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0560 is displayed with IPDM E/R related DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for IPDM E/R
related DTC.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to PCS-16, "CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R)".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-675, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
A
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0560 is displayed with IPDM E/R related DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for IPDM E/R
related DTC. EC
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to PCS-16, "CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R)".
NO >> GO TO 2. C
Voltage: Above 11 V E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Recharge the battery. F
3.CHECK BATTERY TERMINALS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check battery terminals condition. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. H
NO >> Repair the battery terminals.
4.CHECK BATTERY AND ALTERNATOR AND CHARGING CIRCUIT
Check that the proper type of battery and type of alternator are installed. I
Refer to, PG-140, "How to Handle Battery" and CHG-41, "Inspection Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END J
NO >> Replace with a proper one.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• ASCD steering switch
FAIL-SAFE
ASCD deactivation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Press ACCEL/RES switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press COAST/SET switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-676, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267992
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
ASCD main switch: Pressed 0V
CANCEL switch: Pressed 1.0 V
E12 148 140 COAST/SET switch: Pressed 2.0 V
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed 3.0 V
All ASCD steering switches: Released 4.0 V
BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time while the ve-
P0571 1.DEF
(Brake Switch “A” Circuit) hicle is traveling.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness and connectors
• Brake pedal position switch
FAIL-SAFE
ASCD deactivation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0571 is displayed with DTC UXXXX and P0703, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTCUXXXX
and P0703.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-521,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0571 can not duplicate.
+
ECM - Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Fully released Battery voltage
E12 133 Ground Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Approx. 0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
Revision: November 2016 EC-678 2017 D23
P0571 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [YS23DDT/YS23DDTT (M9T)]
+
C
Brake pedal position switch - Voltage
Connector Terminal
E37 1 Ground Battery voltage D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. E
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
G
Check brake pedal position switch. Refer to EC-679, "Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
L
Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch) INFOID:0000000014267996
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ASCD steering switch
FAIL-SAFE
ASCD deactivation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-680, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014267998
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
ASCD main switch: Pressed 0V
CANCEL switch: Pressed 1.0 V
E12 148 140 COAST/SET switch: Pressed 2.0 V
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed 3.0 V
All ASCD steering switches: Released 4.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• Freeshift inhibited
• ASCD deactivation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0606 can not duplicate.
1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 20 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and perform the self-diagnosis.
Is the DTC P0606 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-798, "Removal and Installation".
• 1.DEF
COMPUTER
• 2.DEF
P060A (Internal control module monitoring proces- Internal monitoring processor error. D
• 3.DEF
sor performance)
• 4.DEF
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• Reset ECM F
• VDC deactivation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING G
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test. H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-683, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END K
L
1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC. M
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 1 minute.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
5. Perform the self-diagnosis.
N
Is the DTC P060A displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
O
2.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-798, "Removal and Installation".
P
>> INSPECTION END
COMPUTER
P060B (Internal control module A/D processing 1.DEF ECM internal malfunction
performance)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• Engine speed limitation
• ASCD deactivation
• Freeshift inhibited
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-684, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268004
1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 20 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and perform the self-diagnosis.
Is the DTC P060B displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-798, "Removal and Installation".
• 1.DEF
• 2.DEF
COMP • 3.DEF D
P061A ECM detects internal error.
(Internal control module torque performance) • 4.DEF
• 5.DEF
• 6.DEF
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
F
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
H
DTC P061A can not duplicate.
1.INSPECTION START J
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 1 minute. K
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
5. Perform the self-diagnosis.
Is the DTC P061A displayed again? L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM M
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-798, "Removal and Installation".
N
>> INSPECTION END
• 1.DEF
COMPUTER • 2.DEF
P062B (Internal control module fuel injector control • 3.DEF ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
performance) • 4.DEF
• 5.DEF
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• Increased idle speed
• ASCD deactivation
• Freeshift inhibited
• VDC deactivation and A/T in limp home mode
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P062B is displayed with DTC P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-521,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EC-686, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268008
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Electric throttle control actuator
• Throttle valve stuck
• Throttle chamber clogged
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• Compression test routine inhibited
• Airflow regulation cutoff
• ASCD deactivation with dashboard message
• Freeshift inhibited
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0638 is displayed with DTC P0120 or P2100, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0120 or
P2100.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-521,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-688, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268010
G
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM
ator Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
H
89 2
F59 90 3
120 F120 1 Existed I
27 5
F55
11 6
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
K
5.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURES
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC-688, "DTC Description". L
Is the DTC P0638 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> INSPECTION END M
6.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Perform EC-613, "Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor)" (throttle position sensor), EC-730, "Diag- N
nosis Procedure" (throttle control motor).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END O
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator. P
2. Perform EC-558, "Description".
SEN SUPPLY N-1 VOL • 1.DEF • A voltage of sensor power supply is 5.43 V or more.
P0641
(Sensor reference voltage “A” circuit/open) • 2.DEF • A voltage of sensor power supply is 4.56 V or less.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The sensor power supply 1 circuit is shorted.)
• EGR volume control valve position sensor
• Throttle position sensor
• DPF differential pressure sensor
• TC boost sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
• APP sensor 1
• ECM
• MAF sensor
• G sensor
• Crankshaft position sensor
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• Limited boost pressure regulation
• Torque limitation
• ASCD deactivation
• Boost pressure limitation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-690, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268012
+ A
Voltage
ECM –
(Approx.)
Connectors Terminal
EC
E12 151
115
118 C
F59
120
122 Ground 5V
D
123
50
F55 59 E
43
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END F
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and following terminals harness connector.
3. Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. H
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal I
E12 151 Accelerator pedal position sensor (sensor 1) E5 2
115 Camshaft position sensor F119 1
J
118 DPF differential pressure sensor E100 1
F59
120 Throttle position sensor F120 1
122 EGR volume control valve position sensor F122 1 K
123 MAF sensor F121 3
50 Turbocharger boost sensor F110 1
F55 59 G sensor M95 3 L
43 Crankshaft position sensor F125 3
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS N
Check the following.
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (sensor 1). Proceed to EC-735, "Component Inspection (Accelerator
Pedal Position Sensor)". O
• Camshaft position sensor. Proceed to EC-642, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".
• DPF differential pressure sensor. Proceed to EC-744, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Throttle position sensor. Proceed to EC-613, "Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor)".
P
• EGR volume control valve position sensor. Proceed to EC-651, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• MAF sensor. Proceed to EC-599, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Turbocharger boost sensor. Proceed to EC-606, "Component Inspection (Turbocharger Boost Sensor)".
• G sensor. Proceed to TM-252, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Crankshaft position sensor. Proceed to EC-640, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The sensor power supply 2 circuit is shorted.) E
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
• ECM F
FAIL-SAFE
• A/C deactivation
• Torque limitation G
• ASCD deactivation with dashboard message
• Freeshift inhibited
• After sales routines forbidden H
• FAN 2 activation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
I
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test. J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
N
1.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. O
+
Voltage P
ECM −
(Approx.)
Connectors Terminal
E12 150
F59 124 Ground 5.0 V
F55 49
Is the inspection result normal?
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
E12 150 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 E5 1
F55 49 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3
F59 124 Exhaust gas pressure sensor F126 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Accelerator pedal position sensor. Refer to EC-630, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position
Sensor)".
• Refrigerant pressure sensor. Proceed to EC-670, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor. Proceed to EC-658, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
MAIN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT • ECM detects ECM relay control circuit is short to ground.
P0657 CC.0
(Actuator supply voltage “A” circuit/open) (ECM relay always ON)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (ECM relay control circuit is shorted.)
• ECM relay E
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0657 is displayed with IPDM/ER related DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for IPDM/ER related G
DTC.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to PCS-25, "DTC Index". H
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
J
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and ON and wait at least 1 second. K
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
4. Check DTC. L
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-695, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident". M
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268016
N
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0657 is displayed with IPDM/ER related DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for IPDM/ER related
O
DTC.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to PCS-25, "DTC Index". P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
+
ECM - Voltage
Connector Terminal
F59 65 Ground Battery voltage
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
ECM -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F59 65 Ground 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
SEN SUPPLY N-3 VOL • 1.DEF • A voltage of sensor power supply is more than 5.43 V.
P0697
(Sensor reference voltage “C” circuit/open) • 2.DEF • A voltage of sensor power supply is less than 4.56 V.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
• Fuel rail pressure sensor E
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed F
• Throttle valve opened
• Rail pressure limitation
• DPF regeneration forbidden G
• After sales routines forbidden
• ASCD deactivation
• Freeshift inhibited
• VDC deactivation H
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness and connectors
• Brake pedal position switch
E
FAIL-SAFE
• Engine speed limitation
• No coherency between wiring and CAN information for brake pedal
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0703 is displayed with DTC P0571, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0571. G
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-678, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2. H
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at I
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 3. J
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.
K
2. Depress the brake pedal more than 10 times.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
L
YES >> Proceed to EC-699, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-42, "How to Check Terminal".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268020
+
ECM - Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Fully released Battery voltage
E12 133 Ground Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Approx. 0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector.
3. Check voltage between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
+
Brake pedal position switch - Voltage
Connector Terminal
E37 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
CLUTCH SWITCH SIGNAL CONSISTENCY • 1.DEF Correlation of two clutch pedal position switch signal is inconsis-
P0833
(Clutch pedal switch “B” circuit) • 2.DEF tency.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
• Clutch pedal position switch
FAIL-SAFE
ASCD not available
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Fully depress clutch pedal.
3. Fully release clutch pedal.
4. Repeat step 2 and 3 for five times.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-702, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the clutch switch circuit. During
this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
ECM
+ Condition Voltage
–
Connector Terminal
Fully released Approx. 0 V
E12 131 Ground Clutch pedal
Fully depressed Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-702, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268023
K
1.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch harness connector. L
3. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch terminals under the following conditions.
• PWM value for the sensor heater is out of specified range for 2 sec-
PROPOR RICH SEN CIRC
P1130 1.DEF onds or more.
(Proportional richness sensor circuit) D
• Air fuel mixture ratio is out of specified range for 3 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness and connectors E
• A/F sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY G
If DTC P1130 is displayed with DTC P0001, P0002, P0089, P0100, P0101, P0110, P0120, P0190, P0200,
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0402, P0403, P0409, P0487, P0488, P0638, P2100, and P2119, perform the
trouble diagnosis for DTC P0001, P0002, P0089, P0100, P0101, P0110, P0120, P0190, P0200, P0201, H
P0202, P0203, P0204, P0402, P0403, P0409, P0487, P0488, P0638, P2100 and P2119.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-521, I
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE J
NOTE:
DTC P1130 can not duplicate.
K
>> Proceed to EC-705, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268026
L
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness and connectors E
• A/F sensor heater
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE G
NOTE:
DTC P1131 can not duplicate.
H
>> Proceed to EC-707, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268028
I
1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. K
NO >> Repair error-detected parts.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check A/F sensor harness connector connection. L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair error-detected parts. M
CAUTION:
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between A/F sensor terminals.
A/ F sensor Resistance
Condition
Terminal (Approx.)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors E
• DPF differential pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed F
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
NOTE: H
DTC P1453 can not duplicate.
FAIL-SAFE
ASCD deactivation
G
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268033
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2)
• Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2
• TC boost sensor
• A/F sensor
• Exhaust electric throttle control actuator
• Injector(s)
• Exhaust leakage
• Catalytic converter and DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter)
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• ASCD deactivation
• Freeshift inhibited
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1544 is displayed with DTC P0002, P0095 P0100, P0101, P0120, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203,
P0204, P0402, P0403, P0488, P0638, P2100, P2226, P2263 or P2A06, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0002, P0095 P0100, P0101, P0120, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0402, P0403, P0488, P0638,
P2100, P2226, P2263 or P2A06.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-521,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P1544 can not duplicate.
E13 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE (EGT) SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and EGT sensor 2 harness connector. L
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
Diesel particulate filter
FAIL-SAFE
E
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY F
If DTC P1546 is displayed with following DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for following DTC.
• DTC P0001, P0002, P0101, P0190, P0200, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P1453, P1544 and P2002
G
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-521,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2. H
If DTC P1546 is displayed with following DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for following DTC.
• DTC P0001, P0002, P0101, P0190, P0200, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P1453, P1544 and P2002
L
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Engine oil pump control valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• Engine oil pump control valve
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-716, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268039
+ A
Engine oil pump control valve − Voltage
Connector Terminal
EC
F104 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL PUMP CONTROL VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between engine oil pump control valve harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector. E
K
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL PUMP CONTROL VALVE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine oil pump control valve harness connector. L
3. Check resistance between engine oil pump control valve terminals as follows.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P160C displayed with DTC U0415, P0002, P0101, P0135, P0180, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203,
P0204, P0217, P0226, P0340, P0471, P0544, P1544, P2002, P2080, P2244, P2263, P2626 or P2A06, first
perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U0415, P0002, P0101, P0135, P0180, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203,
P0204, P0217, P0226, P0340, P0471, P0544, P1544, P2002, P2080, P2244, P2263, P2626 or P2A06.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-521,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-718, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268042
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Stop closed-loop control
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P1620 can not duplicate.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• CAN communication line between transfer control unit and ECM
• Transfer control unit
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-722, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268046
Perform trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-39, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYS-
TEM : CAN System Specification Chart".
+ A
Thermo management valve control so-
− Voltage
lenoid valve
Connector Terminal EC
F100 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
11.CHECK THERMO MANAGEMENT VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND D
SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. E
3. Check thermo management valve control solenoid valve circuit for open and short.
M
thermo management valve con-
trol solenoid valve Resistance
Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal
N
2 1 Temperature 20 °C (68°F) 43 – 49 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END O
NO >> Replace thermo management valve control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-314, "Removal and
Installation"
P
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Diesel particulate filter
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• ASCD deactivation
• Freeshift inhibited
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P2002 is displayed with following DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for following DTC.
• DTC U0101, U0121, U0415, P0001, P0002, P0045, P0100, P0101, P0105, P0106, P0115, P0190, P0200,
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0225, P0226, P0335, P0402, P0470, P0471, P0487, P0488, P0544,
P0560, P060A, P061A, P062B, P0638, P0641, P0651, P0697, P1544, P160C, P2080, P2100, P2119,
P2120, P2226, P2263 and P253F.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-521,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P2002 can not duplicate.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Intake air leaks
• Electric throttle actuator
• Fuel injector
• Exhaust gas leaks
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P2080 is displayed with DTC P0544 or P2002, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0544 or
P2002.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-521,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P2080 can not be duplicate.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• Compression test routine inhibited
• Airflow regulation cut off
• ASCD deactivation
• Free shift inhibited
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Turn ignition ON at least 2 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-730, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-730, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-1 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268056
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector and electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check the electric throttle control actuator circuit for open and short.
C
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• Compression test routine inhibited
• Airflow regulation cut off
• ASCD deactivation
• Freeshift inhibited
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268058
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• APP sensor 2
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• Torque limitation
• Free shift inhibited
• ASCD deactivation
• After sales and factory routines inhibited
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-734, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-1 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268060
+
Voltage
APP sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
1
E5 Ground 5.0 V
2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
ECM O
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P
Fully released 0.74 V
Sensor 1 152 144
Fully depressed 4.54 V
E12 Accelerator pedal
Fully released 0.38 V
Sensor 2 142 134
Fully depressed 2.25 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed F
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at H
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2. I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC. J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-737, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident". K
NO-1 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268063
L
1.CHECK ECM AIR INLET VISUALLY
Check if foreign matter is blocking the air inlet for ECM. M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-798, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Remove foreign matter. N
• ECM detects air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is short circuit to
PROPOR RICH SEN CIRC • CC.0
ground.
P2244 (O2 sensor reference voltage performance • CC.1
• ECM detects air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is short circuit to
bank 1 sensor 1) • CO
battery.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (A/F sensor circuit is shorted.)
• A/F sensor
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Stop closed-loop control
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-738, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-1 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268065
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Turbocharger boost sensor (with intake air temperature sensor 2)
• Vacuum air circuit
• Air filter
• Turbocharger
• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• EGR circuit
• Fuel flow actuator
• Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve is closed
• Throttle valve opened
• Torque limitation
• ASCD deactivation
• Free shift is inhibited
• Wastegate activation is inhibited
• VDC deactivation
• DPF regeneration forbidden
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P2263 is displayed with following DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for following DTC.
• P0001, P0002, P0033, P0045, P004A, P0087, P0089, P0105, P0106, P0115, P0180, P0190, P0200,
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0217, P0263, P0266, P0269, P0272, P025A, P0402, P0409, P0487,
P0488, P0641 and P0651
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-521,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P2263 can not be duplicate.
WATER IN DIESEL DETECTOR • A signal from the detection sensor is sent to ECM
P2264 1.DEF
(Water in fuel sensor circuit) • ECM detects detection sensor circuit is open circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Detection sensor circuit is open.)
• Water in fuel level sensor
• Fuel filter
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at least 15 seconds at 5 km/h (3.11 MPH) or more.
CAUTION:
Always drive the vehicle at safe speed.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-742, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-1 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268069
H
Water in fuel sensor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E108 1 Ground Existed I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
7.CHECK WATER IN FUEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Check water in fuel sensor power supply circuit for open and short. K
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Diesel particulate filter differential pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Diesel particulate filter differential pressure sensor
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P2452 is displayed with DTC P0641, P0651 or P0697, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0641, P0651 or P0697.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-521,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-744, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-1 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268071
>> GO TO 8.
8.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-744, "DTC Description".
Is the DTC P2452 detected again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-798, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END
+
EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid
− Voltage
valve
Connector Terminal
F102 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
3. Check the continuity between EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Electric EGR cooling water pump circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric EGR cooling water pump
FAIL-SAFE
• Electric EGR cooling water pump at maximum speed
• Electric EGR cooling water pump blocked, no flow
• Electric EGR cooling water pump cut off
• Above 137 °C (278.6 °F), Electric EGR water pump speed reduction (at 77%).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
NOTE:
If this DTC is detected, first confirm self-diagnostic result in IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-25, "DTC Index".
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P24A7 is displayed with DTC P0217, P0560 or P0651, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTCP0217, P0560 or P0651.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-494,
"YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P24A7 can not duplicate.
NOTE:
If this DTC is detected, first confirm self-diagnostic result in IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-25, "DTC Index".
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P24A7 is displayed with DTC P0217, P0560 or P0651, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTCP0217, P0560 or P0651.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-494,
"YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.VISUALLY CHECK ELECTLIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 1 AND ELECTLIC EGR COOLING WATER
PUMP 2
+
Electric EGR cooling water pump 1 - Voltage
Connector Terminal
E103 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
12.CHECK ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the power supply of the electric EGR cooling water pump 2.
+
Electric EGR cooling water pump 2 - Voltage
Connector Terminal
E104 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
13.CHECK ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 1
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT
Perform “FIRST EGR COOLING PUMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Is the inspection result normal?
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Electric EGR cooling water pump circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric EGR cooling water pump
FAIL-SAFE
• Electric EGR cooling water pump at maximum speed
• Electric EGR cooling water pump blocked, no flow
• Electric EGR cooling water pump cut off
• Above 137 °C (278.6 °F), Electric EGR cooling water pump speed reduction (at 77%).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
NOTE:
If this DTC is detected, first confirm self-diagnostic result in IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-25, "DTC Index".
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P24A8 is displayed with DTC P0217, P0560 or P0651, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0217, P0560 or P0651.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-494,
"YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P24A8 can not duplicate.
NOTE:
If this DTC is detected, first confirm self-diagnostic result in IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-25, "DTC Index".
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P24A8 is displayed with DTC P0217, P0560 or P0651, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0217, P0560 or P0651.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-494,
"YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.VISUALLY CHECK ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 1 AND ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER
PUMP 2
+
Electric EGR cooling water pump 1 - Voltage
Connector Terminal
E103 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
12.CHECK ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the power supply of the electric EGR cooling water pump 2.
+
Electric EGR cooling water pump 2 - Voltage
Connector Terminal
E104 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
13.CHECK ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 1
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT
Perform “FIRST EGR COOLING PUMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Is the inspection result normal?
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Too much engine oil
FAIL-SAFE
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• Torque limitation
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P253F is displayed with DTC P0115, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-610, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2..PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-758, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-1 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268080
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (A/F sensor circuit is open.)
• A/F sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-760, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268082
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Thermo management valve control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• Thermo management valve control solenoid valve
FAIL-SAFE
• Engine cooling fan activation
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P2681 is displayed with DTC P0651, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0651.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-693, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Start the engine.
3. Depressed accelerator pedal (full depressed), and then released accelerator pedal.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-762, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-1 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268084
+
Thermo management valve control D
- Voltage
solenoid valve
Connector Terminal
E
F100 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. F
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK THERMO MANAGEMENT VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between thermo management valve control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector. H
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• Harness or connectors
(Fuel heater relay circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel heater relay F
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable G
1.CHECK FUSE M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse is not blowing.
N
Fuse No. Capacity
#60 30 A
O
Is the fuse blown (open)?
YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2. P
2.CHECK FUEL HEATER RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel heater relay.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel heater relay harness connector and ground.
+
Fuel heater relay − Voltage
Connector Terminal
1
E109 Ground Battery voltage
3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
3.CHECK FUEL HEATER RELAY CIRCUIT-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel heater relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (A/F sensor circuit is open.)
• A/F sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P2A06 can not duplicate.
+
FPCM − Voltage
Connector Terminal
C21 7 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. Refer to EC-570, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK FPCM GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and ground.
FPCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
C21 8 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY CIRCUIT
Refer to EC-634, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK FPCM INPUT CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly de-
0V
E12 133 135 Brake pedal pressed
Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-772, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268095
+
Brake pedal position switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E37 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Fully depressed Battery voltage
E12 131 135 Clutch pedal
Fully released 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-774, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268098
+
Clutch pedal position switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E43 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
I
Clutch pedal position switch
Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Existed J
1 2 Clutch pedal
Fully depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-II L
1. Adjust clutch pedal position switch installation. Refer to CL-9, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch terminals as per the following conditions.
M
Clutch pedal position switch
Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Existed N
1 2 Clutch pedal
Fully depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch. Refer to CL-14, "Removal and Installation".
P
Diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch is located on the instrument panel. For details about per-
forming diesel particulate filter manual regeneration, refer to EC-560, "Description".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014268101
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Diesel particulate filter manual
Approx. 0V
regeneration switch: ON
F55 53 E12 135
Diesel particulate filter manual
Battery voltage
regeneration switch: OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to EC-776, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER MANUAL REGENERATION SWITCH INDICATOR FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check that diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch indicator illuminates.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-776, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268102
1.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER MANUAL REGENERATION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch harness connector and
ground.
+
Diesel particulate filter manual
− Voltage
regeneration switch
Connector Terminal
5
M150 Ground Battery voltage
6
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER MANUAL REGENERATION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
K
Terminal Condition Continuity
3 Diesel particulate filter manual regen- ON Not existed
5 and 6
8 eration switch OFF Existed L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch. Refer to EC-801, "Removal and M
Installation".
PBIB3166E
1.CHECK INSTALLATION EC
Check that glow plug terminals (nuts) are installed properly.
Are glow plug terminals (nuts) installed properly?
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Install properly.
2.CHECK DTC WITH ECM D
Check the self-diagnosis result with CONSULT. Check the ECM does not detect any DTCs. Refer to EC-494,
"YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-521, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
Is any DTC detected? E
YES >> Perform trouble diagnoses for detected DTC.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN GLOW CONTROL UNIT AND GLOW PLUG FOR OPEN F
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect glow control unit harness connector and glow plug terminals (nuts). G
3. Check harness continuity between glow control unit harness connector and glow plug terminals.
CAUTION:
• Do not bump glow plug heating element. If it is bumped, replace glow plug with a new one.
• If glow plug is dropped from a height of 10 cm (3.94 in) or higher, replace with a new one.
• If glow plug installation hole is contaminated with carbon, remove it with a reamer or suitable tool.
Revision: November 2016 EC-779 2017 D23
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [YS23DDT/YS23DDTT (M9T)]
• Hand-tighten glow plug by turning it two or three times, then tighten using a tool to specified torque.
1.CHECK GLOW PLUG
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect glow plug terminals (nuts).
3. Remove a glow plug.
4. Check resistance between glow plug terminal and glow plug stem.
Resistance
Terminals Condition
(Approx.)
1 and glow plug stem Temperature 20°C (68°F) 0.1 – 1 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning glow plug. Refer to EM-332, "Removal and Installation".
NOTE:
If DTC P0530 is displayed, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0530. Refer to EC-670, "Diag-
nosis Procedure".
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “REFRIGERANT PRESSURE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ECM” with CONSULT.
3. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
4. Check the monitor status.
Without CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
ECM
− (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F55 17 Ground 1.2 – 1.3 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE
Check refrigerant pressure. Refer to HA-119, "Trouble Diagnosis For Unusual Pressure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Proceed to EC-782, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Repair refrigerant system.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268112
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
YS23DDT
EC
YS23DDT : Symptom Table INFOID:0000000014268115
C
SYMPTOM
ENGINE STALL
G
page
H
HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS HOT
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT I
NO START (without first firing)
NO START (with first firing)
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
J
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
L
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF
Engine body x x x x x x x x x x x EM-366
Air cleaner and duct x x x x x x x EM-307 M
EC-683,
ECM x x x x x x x x x x x x x EC-685,
EC-686 N
Camshaft position sensor circuit x x x x x x x x EC-641
Crankshaft position sensor circuit x x x x x x x x x x x EC-639
EC-599, O
Mass air flow sensor circuit x x x x x
EC-601
EC-608,
Intake air temperature sensor 1 circuit x
EC-608 P
EC-603,
Boost pressure sensor circuit x x x
EC-605
Intake air temperature sensor 2 circuit EC-597
ENGINE STALL
SYSTEM — Basic engine control system Reference
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
NO START (without first firing)
NO START (with first firing)
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF
EC-705,
EC-738,
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit x x x x x x x
EC-760,
EC-768,
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit x x x x EC-610
Fuel injector circuit x x x x x x x x x x x x x EC-620
High pressure fuel pump x x x x x x x x x x x —
Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit x x x x x EC-618
Fuel temperature sensor circuit EC-579
Fuel heater circuit EC-765
Water in fuel sensor circuit x x x x x x EC-742
Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve cir-
x x x EC-584
cuit
EC-646,
EGR volume control valve circuit x x x
EC-648
EGR volume control valve position sensor cir-
x x x EC-651
cuit
EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid circuit x x x EC-747
EGR temperature sensor circuit x x x EC-653
EC-688,
Electric throttle control actuator circuit x x x x x x x x x x x x
EC-732
Throttle position sensor circuit x x x x x x x x EC-612,
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) x x x x x x x x EC-726
Engine oil pump control valve circuit EC-716
ENGINE STALL
D
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
NO START (without first firing)
NO START (with first firing)
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
H
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
I
YS23DDTT
YS23DDTT : Symptom Table INFOID:0000000014268116
ENGINE STALL
SYSTEM — Basic engine control system Reference
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
NO START (without first firing)
NO START (with first firing)
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF
Engine body x x x x x x x x x x x EM-366
Air cleaner and duct x x x x x x x EM-307
EC-683,
ECM x x x x x x x x x x x x x EC-685,
EC-686
Camshaft position sensor circuit x x x x x x x x EC-641
Crankshaft position sensor circuit x x x x x x x x x x x EC-639
EC-599,
Mass air flow sensor circuit x x x x x
EC-601
EC-608,
Intake air temperature sensor 1 circuit x
EC-608
EC-603,
Boost pressure sensor circuit x x x
EC-605
Intake air temperature sensor 2 circuit EC-597
EC-705,
EC-738,
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit x x x x x x x
EC-760,
EC-768
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit x x x x EC-610
Fuel injector circuit x x x x x x x x x x x x x EC-620
High pressure fuel pump x x x x x x x x x x x —
Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit x x x x x EC-618
Fuel temperature sensor circuit EC-579
Fuel heater circuit EC-765
ENGINE STALL
D
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
NO START (without first firing)
NO START (with first firing)
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
H
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
I
ENGINE STALL
SYSTEM — Basic engine control system Reference
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
NO START (without first firing)
NO START (with first firing)
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF
Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 circuit x x x EC-712
Glow control unit circuit x x x x EC-643
Glow plug circuit x x x x EC-643
Thermo management valve control solenoid
x x x x x EC-762
valve circuit
EC-750,
EGR cooling water pump 1 and 2 circuit x x x x x
EC-754
EC-
629,EC-
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit x x x
632, EC-
734
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit x x x EC-670
SEC-69,
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) x
SEC-238
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE A
IDLE SPEED
Inspection INFOID:0000000014268117
EC
JSBIA6103ZZ
EC
JSBIA6104ZZ
K
: Vehicle front
NOTE: M
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose.
JSBIA6105ZZ
YS23DDTT
EC
JSBIA6107ZZ
L
EGR cooler bypass valve control so- HP compressor bypass valve control
Vacuum pump
lenoid valve solenoid valve
To turbocharger system To thermo management valve con- M
trol solenoid valve
: Vehicle front
NOTE: N
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose.
JSBIA6108ZZ
: Vehicle front
NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose.
EC
JSBIA6105ZZ
K
: Vehicle front
NOTE: M
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose.
JSBIA5974GB
CAUTION:
Perform ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM. Refer to EC-553, "Description".
REMOVAL
1. Remove ECM cover.
2. Remove air cleaner case. Refer to EM-307, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. Refer to HARNESS CONNECTOR (LEVER LOCKING TYPE) in
PG-9, "Harness Connector".
4. Remove ECM mounting nuts.
5. Remove ECM from ECM bracket.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
• Check the ECM position before installing ECM to bracket.
CAUTION:
The hole of ECM must be positioned as shown in the figure.
JSBIA6051ZZ
EC
G
JSBIA5572ZZ
REMOVAL
1. Remove air duct (inlet). Refer to EM-307, "Removal and Installation". J
2. Remove glow control unit mounting nuts.
3. Disconnect glow control unit harness connector.
4. Remove glow control unit from vehicle. K
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
L
ALBIA1327ZZ
Fuel pump control module bracket Fuel pump control module (FPCM) Fuel pump control module bracket
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect the harness connectors from the fuel pump con-
trol module (FPCM) and remove fuel pump control module
bracket nuts .
2. Remove fuel pump control module (FPCM).
ALBIA1324ZZ
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
REMOVAL EC
1. Remove Instrument lower panel. Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View".
2. Remove DPF manual regeneration switch.
NOTE: C
For design of DPF manual regeneration switch, refer to EC-409, "DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) Manual
Regeneration Switch".
INSTALLATION D
Install in the reverse order of removal.
Condition Specification
No load* (in Neutral position) 750 ± 50 rpm
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, glow plug, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000014268129
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SR and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, it is recommended that all mainte-
nance and repair be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper repair, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury
caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module,
see the SR section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery or batteries, and wait at least three minutes before performing any service.
Precautions Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnection
INFOID:0000000014268130
CAUTION:
Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction.
• Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position,
then disconnect both battery cables.
• After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect
both battery cables.
• Always use CONSULT to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing
work. If a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results.
For vehicle with steering lock unit, if the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
cannot be turned.
If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation pro-
cedure below before starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Turn the ignition switch to ACC position.
(At this time, the steering lock will be released.)
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables discon-
nected and the steering wheel can be turned.
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.
5. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turn
the ignition switch from ACC position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steering wheel will lock
when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.)
6. Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT.
A
• In case of removing steering gear, make the final tightening with grounded and unloaded vehicle condition,
and then check wheel alignment.
• Observe the following precautions when disassembling. EC
- Before disassembly, thoroughly clean the outside of the unit.
- Disassembly should be done in a clean work area. It is important to prevent the internal parts from becoming
contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter.
- For easier and proper assembly, place disassembled parts in order on a parts rack. C
- Use nylon cloth or paper towels to clean the parts; common shop rags can leave lint that might interfere with
their operation.
- Do not reuse non-reusable parts. D
- Before assembling, apply the specified grease to the directed parts.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000014268132
E
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.
F
H
PIIB3706J
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery negative cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-9, "Harness Connec-
tor".
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel system, etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precaution INFOID:0000000014268135
JPBIA3292ZZ
E
• Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly.
Refer to EC-855, "Reference Value".
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage. F
• Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
• Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious G
incidents.
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor, crankshaft
position sensor.
H
MEF040D
SAT652J
L
SEF348N
SEF709Y
PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000014268136
EC
Tool number
Description C
Tool name
EG17650301 Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and ra-
Radiator cap tester diator filler neck
adapter a: 28 (1.10) dia. D
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia.
Unit: mm (in)
E
S-NT564
I
S-NT705
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000014268138
NOTE:
Refer to EC-803, "How to Check Vehicle Type", for the information of type 1 to 2.
ENGINE ROOM COMPARTMENT
JSBIA6423ZZ
ENGINE COMPARTMENT C
O
JSBIA5574ZZ
Fuel rail pressure relief valve EC-819, "Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor"
EGR cooler bypass valve (type 2 is not applicable) EC-816, "EGR Cooler Bypass Valve"
Intake air temperature sensor 2 (type 2 is not applicable) EC-819, "Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2"
Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 EC-817, "Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor 1"
Fuel pump suction control valve EC-818, "Fuel Pump (With fuel pump suction control valve)"
Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 EC-817, "Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1"
BODY COMPARTMENT
EC
L
JSBIA6019ZZ
Engine room RH side Engine room front center Periphery of charge air cooler M
Periphery of pedals
N
No. Component Function
BCM transmits A/C ON signal to ECM via CAN com-
munication line.
O
Refer to BCS-7, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Com-
BCM [With NISSAN anti-theft system (NATS)] ponent Parts Location" (with intelligent key system)
or BCS-76, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Compo-
nent Parts Location" (without intelligent key system) P
for detailed installation location.
EC-846, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction
Combination meter
Indicator Lamp (MIL)"
ECM EC-814, "ECM"
ECM INFOID:0000000014268139
JPBIA3292ZZ
PBIB1741E
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated.
Barometric Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000014268142
The barometric pressure sensor is built into ECM. The sensor detects ambient barometric pressure and sends
the voltage signal to the microcomputer.
Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000014268143
OUTLINE
JPBIA3262ZZ
D
CAUTION:
Never connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The con-
nection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then the battery E
discharge may occur.
BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
The battery current sensor is installed to the battery cable at the negative terminal. The sensor measures the F
charging/discharging current of the battery.
BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Battery temperature sensor is integrated in battery current sensor. G
The sensor measures ambient temperature around the battery.
The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature
increases. H
<Reference data>
K
The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the protrusion of the
signal plate installed to the exhaust camshaft to identify a particular
cylinder. The camshaft position sensor senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor system becomes inoperative, L
the camshaft position sensor provides various controls of engine
parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. M
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
N
change.
JPBIA3241ZZ
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
O
Clutch Pedal Position Switch INFOID:0000000014268145
JPBIA3257ZZ
EGR cooler bypass valve is integral with the EGR cooler . This
valve closes the EGR cooler bypass at the engine start and supplies
gas not by way of the EGR cooler to raise combustion temperature
efficiently. ECM controls EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid
valve. And then, the negative pressure is applied to diaphragm to
open the flap through the rod .
JSBIA0280ZZ
JSBIA0670GB
The EGR volume control valve used a DC motor and controls the flow rate of EGR from exhaust manifold.
ECM controls the DC motor to make the valve opening angle in response to driving conditions.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000014268150
SEF594K
SEF012P
D
Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000014268151
JPBIA3243ZZ
H
Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000014268152
JPBIA3244ZZ
L
<Reference data>
M
Exhaust gas temperature
Voltage (V) Resistance (kΩ)
[°C (°F)]
100 (212) 4.7 18.2 N
200 (392) 4.0 4.0
400 (752) 2.0 0.65
600 (1112) 0.9 0.21
O
JPBIA3295GB
JSBIA6428GB
The fuel filter pressure switch is installed to the top lid of fuel filter.
This switch is activated by the differential pressure between fuel negative pressure on the fuel filter exit side
and atmospheric pressure.
When the fuel filter is clogged, negative pressure between fuel filter and high pressure fuel pump increases,
and this turns the switch ON.
ECM judges the timing of fuel filter replacement according to a signal received from the fuel filter pressure
switch, engine speed, and coolant temperature and transmits a fuel filter warning lamp signal to the combina-
tion meter.
When receiving a fuel filter warning lamp signal, the combination meter turns ON the fuel filter warning lamp to
inform the driver of the timing of fuel filter replacement.
Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000014268154
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration.
Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open.
The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel
needs.
PBIB0465E
Fuel temperature sensor is built in the fuel pump. The sensor detects the fuel temperature in the fuel pump
and calibrates the fuel injection amount change by fuel temperature.
Fuel Pump (With fuel pump suction control valve) INFOID:0000000014268156
The fuel pump is installed in the engine. Utilizing the revolutions of the engine via gears, the fuel pump dis-
charges high-pressure fuel to the fuel rail. The fuel pressure is controlled by the fuel pump suction control
valve.
A
The fuel rail pressure sensor is installed to the fuel rail and mea-
sures the fuel pressure of the fuel rail.
The fuel rail pressure sensor sends a signal voltage to ECM. Voltage EC
increases as fuel pressure increases. ECM controls fuel rail pres-
sure, according to information from the fuel rail pressure sensor.
When fuel rail pressure increases, fuel rail pressure is decreased by
the fuel rail pressure relief valve . C
D
JSBIA2571ZZ
JSBIA1876ZZ J
Intake air control valve actuator is integral with the throttle cham- K
ber . ECM controls intake air control valve control solenoid valve.
And then, the negative pressure is applied to intake air control valve
actuator to close the throttle valve through the rod . L
N
JSBIA5577ZZ
O
The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 2 detects intake air tem-
perature and transmits a signal to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor P
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
JSBIA0281ZZ
<Reference data>
JSBIA0283GB
Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1) INFOID:0000000014268162
PBIA9559J
SEF012P
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the liquid tank of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM, and ECM controls the air conditioner cut control and the cooling fan control.
EC
C
PBIB2657E
M
JSBIA2573GB
JMBIA0779ZZ
JSBIA6381GB
DESCRIPTION EC
In this system, blow-by gas is sucked into the air duct after oil separation by oil separator in the rocker cover.
PBIB0590E
NOTE:
Refer to EC-803, "How to Check Vehicle Type", for the information of type 1 and 2.
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA6382GB
EC-832,
"GLOW
Performs the pre-glow control when the ignition switch is turned ON and the after- H
Glow control CONTROL :
glow control when the engine is started.
System De-
scription"
ECM adjusts the amount of exhaust gas recirculation to reduce the amount of NOx EC-832, I
and PM (Particulate Matter) by controlling the EGR volume control valve installed "EGR SYS-
EGR system
to the path between the exhaust manifold and the intake manifold. TEM : System
(Type 2 is not applicable) Description"
J
EC-835, "AIR
CONDITION-
Improves acceleration and reduces engine load by turning OFF the air conditioner ING CUT
Air conditioning cut control
compressor and reduces during acceleration and the rise in refrigerant pressure. CONTROL : K
System De-
scription"
EC-836, "AU-
L
TOMATIC
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at prede- SPEED CON-
Automatic speed control device
termined constant speed without depressing accelerator pedal by driver′s setting TROL DE-
(ASCD)
of vehicle speed. VICE (ASCD) M
: System De-
scription"
EC-837,
"THROTTLE N
The intake air control valve control solenoid valve controls the ON-OFF load of the
Throttle control CONTROL :
intake air control valve actuator.
System De-
scription"
O
EC-837,
"CAN COM-
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time appli-
MUNICA-
CAN communication cation. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communi- P
TION :
cation speed and excellent error detection ability.
System De-
scription"
NOTE: P
Refer to EC-803, "How to Check Vehicle Type", for the information of type 1 and 2.
JSBIA0336GB
DECELERATION CONTROL
C
Sensor / unit Input signal to ECM Actuator
IDLE CONTROL
E
DESCRIPTION L
Three types of fuel injection control are provided to accommodate engine operating conditions; normal control,
idle control and start control. ECM determines the appropriate fuel injection control. Under each control, the
amount of fuel injected is adjusted to improve engine performance.
Pulse signals are sent to fuel injectors according to the input signals to adjust the amount of fuel injected to M
preset value.
START CONTROL
N
When ECM receives a start signal from the ignition switch, ECM
adapts the fuel injection system for the start control. The amount of
fuel injected at engine starting is a preset program value in ECM.
The program is determined by the engine speed, engine coolant O
temperature and fuel rail pressure.
For better start ability under cool engine conditions, the lower the
coolant temperature becomes, the greater the amount of fuel P
injected. ECM ends the start control when the engine speed reaches
the specific value, and shifts the control to the normal or idle control.
SEF648S
IDLE CONTROL
When ECM determines that the engine speed is at idle, the fuel injection system is adapted for the idle control.
ECM regulates the amount of fuel injected corresponding to changes in load applied to the engine to keep
Revision: November 2016 EC-829 2017 D23
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [YD25DDTi]
engine speed constant. ECM also provides the system with a fast idle control in response to the engine cool-
ant temperature signal.
NORMAL CONTROL
The amount of fuel injected under normal driving conditions is deter-
mined according to sensor signals. The crankshaft position sensor
detects engine speed, the accelerator pedal position sensor detects
accelerator pedal position and fuel rail pressure sensor detects fuel
rail pressure. These sensors send signals to ECM.
SEF649S
NOTE:
Refer to EC-803, "How to Check Vehicle Type", for the information of type 1 and 2.
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA0277GB
JSBIA2573GB
GLOW CONTROL N
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA0568GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM controls glow control unit with PWM signal.
• Ignition switch ON (Pre-glow)
After ignition switch has turned ON, the glow control unit turns ON for a certain period of time in relation to
engine coolant temperature, allowing current to flow through glow plug (Pre-glow time).
• Cranking
The glow control unit turns ON, allowing current to flow through glow plug.
• Starting (After-glow)
After engine has started, current continues to flow through glow plug (After-glow time) for a certain period in
relation to engine coolant temperature.
The glow indicator lamp turns ON for a certain period of time in relation to engine coolant temperature at the
time glow control unit is turned ON.
REFERENCE VALUE
Unit: Seconds
Engine coolant temperature Pre-glow After-glow
[°C (°F)] (Approx.) (Approx.)
−40 (−40) 40 280
−20 (−4) 40 280
0 (32) 40 245
20 (68) 20 180
40 (104) 20 30
60 (140) 20 0
80 (176) 0 0
EGR SYSTEM
EGR SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000014268173
NOTE:
JSBIA0303GB
I
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
JSBIA0279GB
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EC
JSBIA0337GB
G
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used. K
Under the following conditions, the A/C compressor is turned OFF.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high. L
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
M
System Diagram
JSBIA5012GB
A
System Diagram
EC
D
JSBIA5580GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Vibration when stopping the engine can be controlled by cutting intake air right before the fuel is cut. The G
intake air control valve control solenoid valve controls the ON-OFF load of the intake air control valve actuator.
As a result, the intake air control valve control solenoid valve will be turned ON when the ignition switch is
turned OFF with the engine running and when the engine stalls. After the engine has stopped, the intake air
control valve control solenoid valve will return to fully open. H
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description INFOID:0000000014268177 I
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec- J
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. K
Refer to LAN-42, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN com-
munication for detail.
WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS L
JPNIA1881ZZ
BULB CHECK
Not applicable
OPERATION AT COMBINATION METER CAN COMMUNICATION CUT-OFF OR UNUSUAL SIG-
JSBIA3489GB
SIGNAL PATH
IPDM E/R received the engine oil pressure switch status from the oil pressure switch. After engine running
when the oil pressure switch is OFF and at least 5 seconds, IPDM E/R transmits the engine oil pressure warn-
ing signal to combination meter via CAN communication through BCM. Then the engine oil pressure warning
displays.
LIGHTING CONDITION
When any of the following conditions is satisfied:
• Ignition switch: OFF
• Engine oil pressure is the specified value or more.
SHUTOFF CONDITION
When any of the following conditions is satisfied:
• Ignition switch: OFF
• Engine oil pressure is the specified value or more.
TIMING CHART
JPBIA6026GB
DESIGN/PURPOSE
When a malfunction which increases exhaust gases is detected, ECM turns ON MIL and informs the driver of
the necessity of inspection and repair.
EC
JPNIA1882ZZ
D
BULB CHECK
The bulb turns ON after turning ON the ignition switch (engine stop) and turns OFF after restarting the engine.
OPERATION AT COMBINATION METER CAN COMMUNICATION CUT-OFF OR UNUSUAL SIG- E
NAL
For the operation for CAN communication blackout in the combination meter, refer to MWI-38, "Fail-Safe" [with
color display (with intelligent key)], MWI-45, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : Fail-Safe" [with color display (with- F
out intelligent key)], MWI-170, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : Fail-Safe" (with monochrome display).
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
G
JPBIA6021GB L
SIGNAL PATH
• When the lighting conditions of the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) are satisfied, ECM transmits a malfunc-
tion indicator lamp (MIL) signal to the combination meter via CAN communication. M
• The combination meter turns ON or blinks the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL), according to a signal
received from ECM.
LIGHTING CONDITION N
JPBIA6022GB
DESIGN/PURPOSE
The glow indicator lamp turns ON in quick preheat mode and informs
the driver that the glow plug is under preheating condition.
JPNIA1884ZZ
BULB CHECK
Not applicable
OPERATION AT COMBINATION METER CAN COMMUNICATION CUT-OFF OR UNUSUAL SIG-
NAL
For the operation for CAN communications blackout or abnormal signal reception, refer to MWI-38, "Fail-Safe"
[with color display (with intelligent key)], MWI-45, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : Fail-Safe" [with color display
(without intelligent key)], MWI-170, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : Fail-Safe" (with monochrome display).
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JPBIA6027GB
SIGNAL PATH
• ECM performs the glow control, according to an IGN ON signal, water temperature signal, and engine speed
signal. ECM transmits a glow indicator lamp signal to the combination meter in quick preheat mode via CAN
communication .
• The combination meter turns ON the glow indicator lamp, according to a glow indicator lamp signal received
from ECM via CAN communication.
LIGHTING CONDITION
Revision: November 2016 EC-840 2017 D23
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [YD25DDTi]
When any of the following conditions is satisfied:
• Ignition switch: ON A
• Mode: Quick preheat mode
NOTE:
The glow indicator lamp does not turn ON in after glow mode.
EC
SHUTOFF CONDITION
When any of the following conditions is satisfied:
• Ignition switch: OFF C
• Quick preheat mode is complete.
• Engine start
TIMING CHART D
JPBIA6028GB
J
Item Symbol Function
L
For detail of ASCD function, refer to EC-836, "AU-
ASCD indicator TOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) :
System Description".
M
JSCIA0831ZZ
N
Message: - - Km/h / - - MPH
DESIGN/PURPOSE
When engine oil pressure is low, the engine oil pressure warning informs the driver of low oil pressure to pre- P
vent damage to the engine.
Symbol Message
JPNIA1881ZZ
BULB CHECK
Not applicable
OPERATION AT COMBINATION METER CAN COMMUNICATION CUT-OFF OR UNUSUAL SIG-
NAL
For the operation for CAN communications blackout or abnormal signal reception, refer to MWI-38, "Fail-Safe"
[with color display (with intelligent key)], MWI-45, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : Fail-Safe" [with color display
(without intelligent key)], MWI-170, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : Fail-Safe" (with monochrome display).
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA3716GB
SIGNAL PATH
• IPDM E/R receives a signal from the engine oil pressure switch and transmits an oil pressure switch signal to
BCM via CAN communication.
• BCM transmits the received oil pressure switch signal to the combination meter via CAN communication.
• The information display (on combination meter) is SHOWN/HIDDEN the engine oil pressure warning,
according to the oil pressure switch signal received from BCM.
LIGHTING CONDITION
When all of the following conditions for at least 5 seconds are satisfied:
• Ignition switch: ON
• Engine oil pressure is less than specified value. (Oil pressure switch signal: ON)
• Engine speed is more than 500 rpm.
SHUTOFF CONDITION
When any of the following conditions is satisfied:
• Ignition switch: OFF
• Engine oil pressure is the specified value or more. (Oil pressure switch signal: OFF)
• Engine speed is less than 500 rpm.
EC
E
JSBIA3700GB
t: 100 ms
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST F
Name Function N
Refer to EC-841, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) :
ASCD Indicator
ASCD Indicator".
JSBIA5589ZZ
Item Function
CANCEL switch Cancels the cruise control driving.
• Resumes the set speed.
ACCEL/RES switch
• Increases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
• Sets desired cruise speed.
COAST/SET switch
• Decreases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
ASCD MAIN switch Master switch to activate the ASCD system.
Refer to EC-836, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for ASCD operat-
ing instructions.
DTC 1st trip DTC 2nd trip DTC Freeze Frame data F
CONSULT × × × ×
ECM × × × —
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected G
in three consecutive trips (Three trip detection logic).
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Three Trip Detection Logic And One Trip Detection Log- H
ic INFOID:0000000014268187
On board diagnosis (OBD) system of this vehicle has “Three Trip Detection Logic” and “One Trip Detection I
Logic”. For which logic each self-diagnosis corresponds with, refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".
“Trip” of “Three Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which the self-diagnosis is performed while driv-
ing.
J
THREE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in the ECM
memory. MIL does not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
When the same malfunction is detected again during the next driving, 2nd trip DTC is stored in the ECM mem- K
ory and 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. MIL does not illuminate at this stage. <2nd trip>
When the same malfunction is detected again at the third driving, DTC is stored in the ECM memory and 2nd
trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. MIL illuminates at the same time when DTC is stored. <3rd trip> L
In other words, DTC is stored and MIL illuminates when the same malfunction occurs in 3 consecutive trips.
This is called “Three Trip Detection Logic”.
ONE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC M
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, DTC and Freeze Frame Data are stored in the ECM memory
and MIL lights up. This is called “One Trip Detection Logic”.
Some self-diagnoses will not illuminate MIL when DTC is stored. (Refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".) N
1st/2nd trip DTC is not stored for one trip detection logic.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC And Freeze Frame Data INFOID:0000000014268188
O
DTC AND 1ST/2ND TRIP DTC
The number of 1st/2nd trip DTC is the same as the number of DTC.
When a malfunction is detected during 1st trip, 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. MIL does not illumi- P
nate at this time. When the same malfunction is detected in the next trip (2nd trip), 2nd trip DTC is stored in the
ECM memory and 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. MIL does not illuminate at this time. In addi-
tion, DTC is stored in the ECM memory and MIL lights up when the same malfunction is detected during the
following consecutive trip (3rd trip).
The procedure for erasing DTC, 1st trip DTC, and 2nd trip DTC from the ECM memory is described in “How to
Erase DTC”.
For malfunctions in which 1st/2nd trip DTC are displayed, Refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".
DESCRIPTION
SAT652J
D
On Board Diagnosis Function INFOID:0000000014268190
Engine stopped
H
I
Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a DTC is detected,
WARNING the MIL will light up to inform the driver that a malfunction
has been detected.
J
Mode II Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC This function allows DTCs and 1st/2nd trip DTCs to be
ON position RESULTS read.
K
Engine stopped
L
M
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK
In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING N
MIL Condition
ON When the malfunction is detected. O
OFF No malfunction.
This DTC number is clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
P
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
In this mode, the DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.
The DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are
displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st/2nd trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st/2nd trip DTC. These
PBIB3005E
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes as follows.
Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16
The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-sec-
ond) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. (See EC-869, "DTC Index")
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
• Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
HOW TO SET DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
- Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts
blinking.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
NOTE:
EC
PBIB0092E
H
FUNCTION
NOTE:
Refer to EC-803, "How to Check Vehicle Type", for the information of type 1 and 2.
I
Diagnostic test mode Function
Self-diagnostic results Self-diagnostic results such as DTC and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.*
J
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following
Work support
the indications on the CONSULT unit.
K
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
Active test
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
ECM part number ECM part number can be read. L
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data M
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item N
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC, refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".
Freeze Frame Data
A/F SENSOR 1 mV
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal voltage is dis- N
played.
Indicates the state of engine.
TRNST/
ENGINE STATUS • TRNST: Engine revolution is fluctuating.
STEADY O
• STEADY: Engine runs under steady revolution.
Indicates DTC P102B self-diagnosis condition.
INCMP/CM-
EXH LEAK DIAG1 • INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
PLT P
• CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete
Indicates DTC P2279 self-diagnosis condition.
INCMP/CM-
BST PRSR DIAG1 B1 • INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
PLT
• CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
TERMINAL LAYOUT
JSBIA6422ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
• Specification data are reference values.
• Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
JPBIA3306ZZ
1.0 - 2.0 V
EC
↑↓ (Periodically changes)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: OFF] C
14 41 EGR volume control valve
Output • For 2 minutes after turning ignition
(Y) (B) (Close)
switch OFF.
JSBIA0406ZZ
18 E
— Glow control Input — —
(G)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0V
19 41 • Brake pedal: Fully released F
Stop lamp switch Input
(Y) (B) [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14 V)
20 Engine communication line Input/ G
— — —
(P) (Turbocharger actuator) Output
21 Engine communication line Input/
— — —
(L) (Turbocharger actuator) Output H
Approximately 7.0 V
Approximately 5.8 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Idle speed
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA0549GB
41
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
43 Mass air flow sensor
— — — —
(LG) ground
44 Battery current sensor
— — — —
(W) ground
47 Accelerator pedal position
— — — —
(L) sensor 1 ground
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.65 - 0.87 V
48 47 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Input
(L/R) (L) sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped More than 4.3 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
49 47 Accelerator pedal position
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(L/W) (L) sensor 1 power supply
50 44 Battery current sensor
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(SB) (W) power supply
[Engine is running]
• Battery: Fully charged
51 44 • Engine speed: Idle speed
Battery current sensor Input 2.6 – 3.5 V
(V) (W) NOTE:
Before measuring the terminal voltage,
confirm that the battery is fully charged.
Approximately 0.3 V
EC
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Idle speed C
[Engine is running] E
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
F
JPBIA3297ZZ
53 41 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply 2 for ECM Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(G) (B) (11 - 14 V) G
54 41 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply 1 for ECM Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(R) (B) (11 - 14 V)
55 H
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
56
— ECM ground — — —
(B) I
57
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
58
— ECM ground — — —
J
(B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
62 41 Intake air control valve [Engine is running]
Output (11 - 14V) K
(BG) (B) control solenoid valve
Approximately 0.4 V
[Engine is running]
N
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on O
rpm at idle
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA5584GB
Approximately 0.4 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA5588GB
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14 V)
• Engine speed: Idle speed
84 41 EGR cooler bypass valve
Output [Engine is running]
(BR) (B) control solenoid valve
• Engine coolant temperature: More
0V
than 45°C (113°F)
• Engine speed: 2,200 rpm
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.8 - 2.1 V
94 100 • Engine speed: Idle speed
Turbocharger boost sensor Input
(Y) (L) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 2.0 - 2.3 V
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.0 V
95 101 Exhaust gas pressure sen- • Engine speed: Idle speed
Input
(G) (P) sor 1 [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.1 V
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
97 Intake air temperature sen-
— — — —
(B) sor 2 ground
100 Turbocharger boost sensor
— — — —
(L) ground
101 Exhaust gas pressure sen-
— — — —
(P) sor 1 ground
Approximately 0.4 V
EC
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Idle speed
NOTE: C
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle
[Engine is running] E
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
F
JSBIA5584GB
Approximately 0.4 V
[Engine is running] G
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Idle speed
NOTE:
H
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle
[Engine is running] J
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
K
JSBIA5588GB
Approximately 3.5 V
[Engine is running] N
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on O
rpm at idle
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JPBIA3312ZZ
Approximately 4.7 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JPBIA3310ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.3 – 1.7 V
115 139 • Engine speed: Idle speed
Fuel rail pressure sensor Input
(R) (W) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.7 – 2.0 V
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
0 – 5.0 V
116 140 Engine coolant tempera- [Engine is running]
Input Voltage varies with engine cool-
(SB) (LG) ture sensor • Warm-up condition
ant temperature
0 – 4.8 V
117 141 Intake air temperature sen- [Engine is running]
Input Voltage varies with intake air
(G) (R) sor 1 • Warm-up condition
temperature
[Engine is running]
118 142 Refrigerant pressure sen- • Warm-up condition
Input 1.0 – 4.0 V
(W) (BR) sor • Both A/C switch and blower switch:
ON (Compressor operates)
[Ignition switch ON]
4.0 V
• ASCD steering switch: All OFF
[Ignition switch ON]
3.0 V
121 145 • ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed
ASCD steering switch Input
(SB) (B) [Ignition switch ON]
2.0 V
• COAST/SET switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch ON]
1.0 V
• CANCEL switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: OFF]
Voltage should fluctuates be-
122 146 EGR volume control valve • Warm-up condition
Input tween 0.5 and 2.5 V, then drop to
(GR) (Y) position sensor • For 2 minutes after turning ignition
0 V.
switch OFF.
0 - 4.8 V
124 148
Fuel temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] Voltage varies with fuel tempera-
(Y) (GR)
ture
126 41
Fuel filter pressure switch Input [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(R) (B)
Approximately 0.4 V
EC
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Idle speed
NOTE: C
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle
[Engine is running] E
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
F
JSBIA5584GB
Approximately 0.4 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA5584GB
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
*1: M/T models
*2: A/T models
Fail safe INFOID:0000000014268193
D
P0234 Turbocharger system ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor cir-
ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P0336 cuit
E
P0340
Camshaft position sensor circuit ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P0341
P0605 • ECM recognizes the accelerator pedal position for 10% and controls fuel injected.
P0606
ECM
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
F
P1020
P1022
P1023 G
TC control actuator ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P1024
P1025
P1026
H
P1028
Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P102B
P1029 TC boost sensor ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
I
P102A BARO sensor ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
• ECM recognizes the accelerator pedal position for 10% and controls fuel injected.
P1273 Fuel pump • ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected. J
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
P1274 Fuel pump • ECM stops the engine promptly.
P1409 EGR cooler bypass valve ECM stops the EGR volume control valve control (fully closed position). K
P2146 Fuel injector power supply cir- • ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P2149 cuit • ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
P2426 L
EGR cooler bypass valve ECM stops the EGR volume control valve control (fully closed position).
P2427
P2478 EGT sensor 1 ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P2554 M
Trottle valve control ECM stops the trottle valve control (fully opened position).
P2555
DTC*1 Items
Trip MIL Reference page
CONSULT 2 (CONSULT screen terms)
ECM*
P0201 0201 CYL1 INJECTOR 1 ×
P0202 0202 CYL2 INJECTOR 1 ×
EC-956
P0203 0203 CYL3 INJECTOR 1 ×
P0204 0204 CYL4 INJECTOR 1 ×
P0217 0217 ENG OVER TEMP 1 × EC-957
P0222 0222 APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT 1 ×
EC-959
P0223 0223 APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT 1 ×
P0234 0234 TC SYSTEM 1 × EC-962
P0237 0237 TC BOOST SEN/CIRC 1 —
EC-964
P0238 0238 TC BOOST SEN/CIRC 1 —
P0301 0301 INJ/CIRC1 1 —
P0302 0302 INJ/CIRC2 1 —
EC-966
P0303 0303 INJ/CIRC3 1 —
P0304 0304 INJ/CIRC4 1 —
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT 1 ×
EC-968
P0336 0336 CKP SENSOR 1 ×
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT 1 ×
EC-971
P0341 0341 CMP SENSOR 1 ×
P0380 0380 GLOWRELAY 1 — EC-974
P0403 0403 EGR SYSTEM 1 — EC-977
P0405 0405 EGR SENSOR 1 —
EC-979
P0406 0406 EGR SENSOR 1 —
P0409 0409 EGR SYSTEM 1 — EC-981
P0473 0473 EXH PRESSURE SEN A 1 — EC-983
P0488 0488 EGR SYSTEM 1 — EC-986
P0501 0501 VEHICLE SPEED 1 —
P0502 0502 VEHICLE SPEED 1 — EC-987
P0503 0503 VEHICLE SPEED 1 —
P0545 0545 EGT SENSOR 1 B1 1 ×
EC-989
P0546 0546 EGT SENSOR 1 B1 1 ×
P0563 0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE 1 — EC-992
P0580 0580 STRG SW/CIRC 1 —
EC-993
P0581 0581 STRG SW/CIRC 1 —
P0605 0605 ECM 1 ×
EC-996
P0606 0606 ECM 1 ×
P0607 0607 ECM 1 — EC-997
P0628 0628 FUEL PUMP/CIRC 1 ×
EC-998
P0629 0629 FUEL PUMP/CIRC 1 ×
P0642 0642 SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 1 —
EC-1000
P0643 0643 SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 1 —
P0652 0652 SENSOR PWR/CIRC2 1 —
EC-1002
P0653 0653 SENSOR PWR/CIRC2 1 —
DTC*1 Items
Trip MIL Reference page A
CONSULT 2 (CONSULT screen terms)
ECM*
P0668 0668 ECM 1 —
EC-1004
P0669 0669 ECM 1 — EC
P0670 0670 GLOW PLUG CONT MDL 1 — EC-974
P0686 0686 ECM RELAY 1 — EC-1005
C
P0705 0705 T/M RANGE SENSOR A 1 — TM-209
P0710 0710 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A 1 — TM-211
P0717 0717 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A 1 — TM-213 D
P0720 0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR 1 — TM-215
P0729 0729 6GR INCORRECT RATIO 1 — TM-219
E
P0730 0730 INCORRECT GR RATIO 1 — TM-222
P0731 0731 1GR INCORRECT RATIO 1 — TM-224
P0732 0732 2GR INCORRECT RATIO 1 — TM-227 F
P0733 0733 3GR INCORRECT RATIO 1 — TM-230
P0734 0734 4GR INCORRECT RATIO 1 — TM-233
P0735 0735 5GR INCORRECT RATIO 1 — TM-236 G
P0740 0740 TORQUE CONVERTER 1 — TM-239
P0744 0744 TORQUE CONVERTER 1 — TM-241 H
P0745 0745 PC SOLENOID A 1 — TM-243
P0750 0750 SHIFT SOLENOID A 1 — TM-244
P0775 0775 PC SOLENOID B 1 — TM-246 I
P0780 0780 SHIFT 1 — TM-248
P0795 0795 PC SOLENOID C 1 — TM-250
J
P1020 1020 TC BOOST CONT ACT 1 × EC-1007
P1022 1022 TC BOOST CONT ACT 1 ×
P1023 1023 TC BOOST CONT ACT 1 × K
P1024 1024 TC BOOST CONT ACT 1 × EC-1007
P1025 1025 TC BOOST CONT ACT 1 ×
L
P1026 1026 TC BOOST CONT ACT 1 ×
P1028 1028 EXH PRESSURE SEN A 1 — EC-1008
P1029 1029 TC BOOST SENSOR A 1 — EC-1010 M
P102A 102A BARO SENSOR A 1 — EC-1013
P102B 102B EXHAUST GAS SYSTEM 1 × EC-1015
P1268 1268 INJECTOR 1 1 ×
N
DTC*1 Items
Trip MIL Reference page
CONSULT 2 (CONSULT screen terms)
ECM*
SEC-74
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE 1 —
SEC-242
SEC-76
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD,IMMU-ECM 1 —
SEC-244
SEC-78
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU 1 —
SEC-246
SEC-80
P1614 1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY 1 —
SEC-248
SEC-82
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY 1 —
SEC-251
SEC-83
P1616 1616 ECM 1 —
SEC-252
P1622 1622 INJ ADJ VAL UNRGST 1 — EC-1042
P1623 1623 INJ ADJ VAL ERROR 1 — EC-1043
P1805 1805 BRAKE SWITCH 1 × EC-1045
P1730 1730 INTERLOCK 1 — TM-260
P1734 1734 7GR INCORRECT RATIO 1 — TM-262
P2135 2135 APP SENSOR 1 × EC-1048
P2146 2146 INJ PWR/CIRC 1 × EC-1051
P2147 2147 INJECTOR/CIRC 1 ×
EC-1052
P2148 2148 INJECTOR/CIRC 1 ×
P2149 2149 INJ PWR/CIRC 1 × EC-1051
P2228 2228 BARO SEN/CIRC 1 —
EC-1053
P2229 2229 BARO SEN/CIRC 1 —
P2426 2426 EGR COOLING VALVE 1 —
EC-1054
P2427 2427 EGR COOLING VALVE 1 —
P2478 2478 EGT SENSOR 1 B1 1 × EC-1056
P2554 2554 TROTTLE/FUEL INHIBIT 1 — EC-1058
P2555 2555 TROTTLE/FUEL INHIBIT 1 — EC-1061
P2713 2713 PC SOLENOID D 1 — TM-269
P2722 2722 PC SOLENOID E 1 — TM-271
P2731 2731 PC SOLENOID F 1 — TM-273
P2807 2807 PC SOLENOID G 1 — TM-275
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*3: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT.
WIRING DIAGRAM A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000014268196
EC
ABBWA1847GB
ABBWA1848GB
EC
ABBWA1849GB
ABBWA1850GB
EC
ABBWA1851GB
ABBIA3670GB
EC
ABBIA3671GB
ABBIA3672GB
EC
ABBIA3673GB
ABBIA3674GB
EC
ABBIA3675GB
ABBIA3676GB
EC
ABBIA3677GB
ABBIA3678GB
EC
ABBIA3679GB
ABBIA3680GB
EC
ABBIA3681GB
ABBIA3682GB
EC
ABBIA3683GB
BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000014268197
OVERALL SEQUENCE
JMBIA1206GB
DETAILED FLOW
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC C
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT.) D
- Erase DTC. (Refer to EC-845, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Introduction".)
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
(Symptom Matrix Chart is useful. Refer to EC-1085, "Symptom Table".) E
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and is any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3. F
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM G
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
Also study the normal operation related to the symptom. Refer to EC-1091, "Description".
Diagnostic Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident. H
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 5. I
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation related to the symptom. J
Diagnostic Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
K
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is
detected again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-867, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
M
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service N
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR- O
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 8. P
NO >> Check according to EC-896, "Description".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC-907, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 7.
>> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT. Refer to EC-855, "Reference Value".
9.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. Refer to EC-845, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Introduction".
>> GO TO 10.
10.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 8.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC in ECM.
(Refer to EC-845, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Introduction".)
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000014268198
DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady and DTC to
be detected. Examples:
• Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L
• Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.
EC
L
MTBL0017
Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the incident resolves itself (the part or circuit function returns
to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's com-
plaint often do not recur on (1st/2nd trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent
incidents occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may
not indicate the specific malfunctioning area.
COMMON INTERMITTENT INCIDENTS REPORT SITUATIONS
1.INSPECTION START
Erase (1st/2nd trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-845, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Introduction".
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Perform GI-41, "Work Flow", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS”.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace.
NOTE: EC
Refer to EC-803, "How to Check Vehicle Type", for the information of type 1 and 2.
×:Applicable
Service performed
C
Part name Replace- Required service Reference
ment Removal*1
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM PROGRAMMING
Refer to “CONSULT Operation Manual”.
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF NATS SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL NATS IGNITION KEY IDS
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to “CONSULT Oper-
ation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS”.
>> GO TO 5.
5.WRITE ECM DATA
1. Select “WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE:
The data saved by “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” is written to ECM.
Is operation completed successfully?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 9.
6.REPLACE ECM
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
2. Replace ECM. Refer to EC-1094, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 7.
7.PERFORM PROGRAMMING
Refer to “CONSULT Operation Manual”.
Revision: November 2016 EC-898 2017 D23
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [YD25DDTi]
>> GO TO 8. A
8.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF NATS SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL NATS IGNITION KEY IDS
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to “CONSULT Oper- EC
ation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS”.
>> GO TO 9. C
9.PERFORM INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION
Perform injector adjustment value registration. Refer to EC-905, "Description".
D
>> GO TO 10.
10.PERFORM FUEL INJECTOR QUANTITY LEARNING E
Perform fuel injector quantity learning. Refer to EC-902, "Description".
>> GO TO 11. F
“EGR Volume Control Valve Closed Position Learning Value Clear” should be cleared under the following
cases.
• EGR volume control valve is removed.
• EGR volume control valve is replaced.
For details, refer to EC-900, "Work Procedure".
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000014268205
1.START
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “EGR/V LEARN CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
5. Touch “CLEAR” and wait a few seconds.
6. Make sure the “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT screen.
>> END
“EGR Volume Control Valve Closed Position Learning” is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the EC
EGR volume control valve by monitoring the EGR volume control valve position sensor output signal. It must
be performed under any of the following conditions:
• EGR volume control valve is removed.
• EGR volume control valve is replaced. C
• ECM is replaced.
For details, refer to EC-901, "Work Procedure".
D
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000014268207
1.START
E
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
Make sure that EGR volume control valve moves during above 30 seconds by confirming the operating
sound. F
>> END
G
DESCRIPTION
Fuel injection quantity learning is performed to adjust fuel injection quantity deviated during the use of injectors
under various conditions to properly adjust the injection quantity. If this learning is not performed, then mal-
functions, such as knocking and poor acceleration may occur.
Injector fuel injection quantity learning must be performed after the following cases.
NOTE:
If the learning is performed at high altitudes (atmospheric pressure is low), there is the case the learning does
not complete. In this case, perform learning value clear only. The clear function is in the fuel injection quantity
learning function.
• Injector(s) are replaced.
NOTE:
• If all injectors are replaced, then perform learning value clear only. The clear function is in the fuel injection
quantity learning function.
• ECM is replaced.
• ECM detected some DTC. (After work completion)
ERROR LIST
If errors listed below are indicated, diagnose and eliminate possible causes before restarting the learning.
In order to always keep optimum fuel pressure in fuel rail, the ECM controls fuel pump in high precision with
monitoring the signal of fuel rail pressure sensor.
Accordingly, the ECM always learns characteristic value of fuel pump. Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing is
an operation to clear the value of the fuel pump learning.
Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing should be performed under the following conditions.
• Fuel pump is changed.
• ECM is replaced with used one which stores the fuel pump learning value of other fuel pump.
For details, refer to EC-904, "Work Procedure".
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000014268211
NOTE:
When removing fuel pump, perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing before starting the engine.
1.FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
Without CONSULT
Fuel pump learning value can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by the same operation as eras-
ing DTC. In detail, refer to EC-845, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Introduction".
Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and the value is printed on the top of fuel injector. EC
The injector adjustment value which is correctly stored in ECM is needed for precise fuel injection control.
A performance of emission control and a drivability may effect when there is a mismatch between the following
two values.
• The injector adjustment value stored in ECM C
• The injector adjustment value of the injector which is installed on the vehicle
Injector adjustment value registration must be performed after the following cases.
• Injector(s) are replaced. D
• ECM is replaced.
For the first case, Injector Adjustment Value Registration for the replaced fuel injector must be performed.
And for the second case, Injector Adjustment Value Registration for all the fuel injectors must be performed.
E
PBIB3150E
H
Example: Injector adjustment value = D121ABCD1A061234000000000000E6
For details, refer to EC-905, "Work Procedure".
I
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000014268213
1.START J
NOTE:
• Before performing this procedure, record injector adjustment value printed on a fuel injector.
• When all fuel injectors are replaced or ECM is replaced, it is recommended to perform “INJ ADJ VAL
CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode before performing this procedure. By performing “INJ ADJ VAL K
CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode, injector adjustment value stored in ECM is initialized.
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped).
2. Select “ENTER INJECTR CALIB DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT. L
3. Touch “START”.
NOTE:
When touching “START”, CONSULT reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM.
4. Select the number of the cylinder which needs injector adjustment value registration. M
5. Input injector adjustment value, and touch “ENTER”.
NOTE:
Input injector adjustment value is stored in CONSULT. N
6. Repeat step 4 - 5 till there is no cylinder which needs injector adjustment value registration, and touch
“START”.
NOTE:
O
When touching “START”, injector adjustment values stored in CONSULT are written onto ECM memory.
7. After “CMND FINISHED” is displayed, make sure that the following values are same for each cylinder.
- Injector adjustment value which is printed on a fuel injector.
- Injector adjustment value which is displayed on CONSULT screen. P
NOTE:
• In this step, CONSULT reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM and displays the values on the
CONSULT screen. This is for checking if injector adjustment values are written onto ECM memory cor-
rectly.
• If DTC is detected, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the DTC, and check if the same DTC is
detected again.
1.INSPECTION START EC
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related incident.
2. Check the current need for scheduled maintenance, especially for fuel filter and air cleaner filter. Refer to
MA-14, "EXCEPT MEXICO AND BRAZIL : Periodic Maintenance". C
3. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections
D
- Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts
4. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF. E
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
5. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture. F
>> GO TO 2.
G
SEF142I
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is the inspection result normal?
K
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
4.BLEED AIR FROM FUEL SYSTEM L
1. Stop engine.
2. Use priming pump to bleed air from fuel system. Refer to FL-23, "Air Bleeding".
M
>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN N
1. Start engine.
2. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-1092, "Inspection".
O
For specification, refer to EC-1097, "General Specification".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
P
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DRAIN WATER FROM FUEL FILTER
1. Stop engine.
2. Drain water from fuel filter. Refer to FL-28, "Draining Water from Fuel Filter".
>> GO TO 7.
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268215
EC
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not blowing. C
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal J
41
55
K
E8 56 Ground Existed
57
58 L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit in harness or connectors. M
4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN)-I
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector. N
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
O
ECM
Voltage
+ –
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal P
53 Battery volt-
E8 E8 41
54 age
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
53 After turning ignition
switch OFF, battery volt-
E8 E8 41 Drop to 0 V.
54 age will exist for 2 min-
utes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL
1. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Ignition switch ON 0V
ECM
Voltage F
+ – Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Ignition switch OFF 0V G
E8 12 E8 41
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (IGN) FOR OPEN I
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
J
ECM IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E8 12 E119 18 Existed K
ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal O
E8 13 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP) CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE E
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
I
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-39, "CAN COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM : CAN System Specification Chart".
J
ENG communication is a serial communication line for real time application. It is a multiplex communication
line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. ECM and turbocharger boost
control actuator are connected with two communication lines (ENG communication H-line and ENG communi-
cation L-line) and transmit/receive data. ECM shares information and links with the turbocharger boost control
actuator during operation.
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014268219
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (ENG communication line is open or shorted.)
• Turbocharger boost control actuator
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-914, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268220
+ A
TC boost control actuator − Voltage
Connector Terminal
EC
F80 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TC BOOST CONTROL ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between TC boost control actuator harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector. E
+ −
TC boost control actuator IPDM E/R Continuity
F
+
TC boost control actuator - Continuity K
Connector Terminal
F80 2 Ground Existed
Is inspection result normal? L
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
5.CHECK ECM COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT M
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
NOTE:
If the engine does not start, keep ignition switch at START position for at least 5 seconds. L
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-917, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268222
JPBIA4281ZZ
JPBIA4037ZZ
1.VISUALLY CHECK
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor. Refer to EM-214, "Exploded View".
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor.
MBIB0647E
2.CHECK RESISTANCE A
Check resistance between crankshaft position sensor terminal.
E
1.VISUALLY CHECK
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. F
3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor. Refer to EM-195, "Exploded View".
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-195, H
"Exploded View".
MBIB0647E J
2.CHECK RESISTANCE
Check the resistance between camshaft position sensor terminal as follows.
K
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Fuel pump
• Fuel pump suction control valve
• Fuel injector
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Air mixed with fuel
FAIL-SAFE
• ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0088 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or
P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 20 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-920, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268226
NOTE:
If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.e.: caused by lack of fuel), it may become normal by
EC
performing following procedure.
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing”. Refer to EC-904, "Description". C
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULT” mode with CONSULT.
5. Touch “ERASE”. D
6. Perform DTC confirmation procedure, again. Refer to EC-920, "DTC Description".
7. Check DTC.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. E
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-904, "Description".
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. F
5. Perform DTC confirmation procedure, again. Refer to EC-920, "DTC Description".
6. Check DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC displayed again? G
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> INSPECTION END
4.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR H
Check fuel rail pressure sensor.Refer to EC-921, "Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace fuel rail. Refer to EM-174, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK FUEL PUMP SUCTION CONTROL VALVE J
Check fuel pump suction control valve. Refer to EC-922, "Component Inspection (Fuel Pump Suction Control
Valve)".
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace fuel pump suction control valve. Refer to EM-193, "Disassembly and Assembly".
6.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR L
ECM
+ - Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Terminal Resistance
1 and 2 0.2 – 0.8 Ω [at 10 – 60°C (50 – 140°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel injector. Refer to EM-174, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump Suction Control Valve) INFOID:0000000014268229
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 1.8 – 2.4 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel pump suction control valve. Refer to EM-193, "Disassembly and Assembly".
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Fuel pump
• Fuel pump suction control valve
• Air mixed with fuel E
• Lack of fuel
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE F
• ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes. H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
ECM
+ - Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 1.8 – 2.4 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
EC
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Fuel pump
• Fuel pump suction control valve
• Fuel rail
• Fuel pipe
• Fuel rail pressure relief valve
• Air mixed with fuel
• Lack of fuel
FAIL-SAFE
• ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0093 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or
P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I
Check the overall function of the fuel system.
WARNING:
• Make sure that there is no fire hazard near the vehicle.
• Before performing the following procedure, cool down engine.
NOTE:
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel system. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not
be confirmed.
Open engine room cover and check if there are any signs of fuel leakage or not. Refer to FL-22, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Proceed to EC-927, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check oil level. Refer to LU-24, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC-927, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Start engine and check fuel leakage in the engine room.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Proceed to EC-927, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If DTC P0093 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or
P0643. F
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2. G
2.CHECK AIR MIXED WITH FUEL
Check the fuel filter condition. Refer to FL-26, "Disassembly and Assembly".
H
Is fuel filter maintenance according to the manual?
YES >> Perform air-bleeding from fuel line. Refer to FL-23, "Air Bleeding". And then, GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace fuel filter. Refer to FL-26, "Disassembly and Assembly".
I
3.PERFORM FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING
NOTE:
If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.e.: caused by lack of fuel), it may become normal by J
performing following procedure.
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. K
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-904, "Description".
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULT” mode with CONSULT.
5. Touch “ERASE”. L
6. Perform Component Function Check again. Refer to EC-926, "DTC Description".
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. M
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-904, "Description".
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory.
5. Perform Component Function Check again. Refer to EC-926, "DTC Description". N
Is DTC displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> INSPECTION END O
WARNING:
• Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
• Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out.
1.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel hose from fuel rail pressure relief valve .
3. Attach a hose clip or a blind cap to removed hose.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PRES REGULATOR” in “ACTIVE TEST MODE” with
CONSULT.
6. Start engine and keep engine speed 2,000 rpm.
7. Raise fuel pressure to 180 MPa with touching “UP” or “Qu” on
the CONSULT screen.
8. Confirm that the fuel does not come out from the fuel rail pres-
sure relief valve.
WARNING: JPBIA4036ZZ
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• Harness or connectors (IAT sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• IAT sensor 2
FAIL-SAFE F
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1. Start the engine and let it idle for 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? J
YES >> Proceed to EC-929, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268238
IAT sensor 2 N
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
terminal
O
F62 1 2 5V
Inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK IAT SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY-II
Check the voltage between IAT sensor 2 harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
IAT sensor 2 −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F62 1 Ground 5V
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK IAT SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IAT sensor 2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
IAT sensor 2 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F62 1 E8 10 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
4.CHECK IAT SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IAT sensor 2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
IAT sensor 2 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F62 2 F54 97 Existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
58
57
E8 56 Ground Existed
55
41
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
E
+ −
IAT sensor 2 Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminal F
Temperature: 25°C (77°F) 2.00 – 2.13
1 2
Temperature: 80°C (176°F) 0.312 – 0.346
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> INSPECTION END.
NO >> Replace IAT sensor 2. Refer to EM-160, "Exploded View".
H
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Mass air flow sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-932, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-932, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268241
MAF sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F64 5 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Revision: November 2016 EC-932 2017 D23
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [YD25DDTi]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. A
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
(+) (−)
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V
30 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal op-
1.1 – 2.1 V
E8 (MAF sensor E8 43 erating temperature.)
signal)
1.1 – 2.1 V to Approx.
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
4.0 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-156, "Removal and Installation".
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes. H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
L
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor 1 is built-into) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. M
3. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ground.
MAF sensor N
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F64 2 Ground Approx. 5 V
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness to connectors. P
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes. H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
L
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. M
3. Check the voltage between engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector and ground.
>> GO TO 3. K
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. L
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-939, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description". M
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268250
N
APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E5 2 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
(+) (−) A
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Turbocharger
• Turbocharger boost sensor
• Intake air leaks
• Charge air cooler
FAIL-SAFE
• ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
• ECM stops the EGR volume control valve control (fully closed position).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the following condition for at least 10 seconds.
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
3.CHECK TURBOCHARGER A
Check if foreign matter is caught between the turbocharger. Refer to EM-167, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. EC
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the turbocharger. Refer to EM-167, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
4.CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR C
Check the installation condition of turbocharger boost sensor. Refer to EM-158, "Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Install turbocharger boost sensor definitely.
5.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR E
Check turbocharger boost sensor. Refer to EC-943, "Component Inspection (Turbocharger Boost Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END F
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor. Refer to EM-158, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Turbocharger Boost Sensor) INFOID:0000000014268254
G
1.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
3. Remove turbocharger boost sensor with its harness connected.
4. Use pump to apply pressure to sensor.
NOTE: I
• Always calibrate the pressure pump gauge when using it.
• Inspection should be done at room temperature [10 – 30°C (50 - 86°F)].
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector. J
ECM
Condition K
+ − Voltage
Connector (pressure gauge)
Terminal Terminal
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel temperature sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-944, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268256
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Fuel filter pressure switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel filter pressure switch
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-946, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268258
+
Voltage
Fuel filter pressure switch −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E162 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK FUEL FILTER PRESSURE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel filter pressure switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − A
Fuel filter pressure switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
E162 2 F54 149 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK FUEL FILTER PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT D
1. Check the continuity between fuel filter pressure switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
E
+ −
Fuel filter pressure switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F
E162 1 F54 126 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
H
4.CHECK FUEL FILTER PRESSURE SWITCH
Check the fuel filter pressure switch. Refer to EC-947, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace fuel filter pressure switch. Refer to EC-810, "Component Parts Location".
J
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014268259
JMBIA0871ZZ
O
NOTE:
• Always calibrate the pressure pump gauge when using it. P
• Inspection should be done at room temperature [10 - 30°C (50 - 86°F)].
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connectors (Fuel filter pressure switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel filter pressure switch
E
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
+
Fuel filter pressure switch −
Voltage N
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E162 1 Ground 5V
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. P
2.CHECK FUEL FILTER PRESSURE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel filter pressure switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Fuel filter pressure switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E162 2 F54 149 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK FUEL FILTER PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between fuel filter pressure switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Fuel filter pressure switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E162 1 F54 126 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK FUEL FILTER PRESSURE SWITCH
Check the fuel filter pressure switch. Refer to EC-950, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace fuel filter pressure switch. Refer to EC-810, "Component Parts Location".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014268262
JMBIA0871ZZ
NOTE:
• Always calibrate the pressure pump gauge when using it.
• Inspection should be done at room temperature [10 - 30°C (50 - 86°F)].
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE
• ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (lower limit).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0192 or P0193 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0642 or P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-952, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268264
ECM P
+ - Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, EC
the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows fuel to flow
through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open. The ECM controls the injection pulse
duration based on engine fuel needs. C
D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
>> GO TO 2. K
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. L
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-955, "Diagnosis Procedure".
M
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268268
N
1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON. O
2. Erase self diag results of ECM.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure, again.
Is DTC P0200 displayed again? P
YES >> Replace ECM. EC-1094, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The fuel injector circuit is open.)
• Fuel injector
FAIL-SAFE
• ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
TESTING CONDITION
Ambient temperature is more than −20°C (−4°F).
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-956, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268270
Perform the trouble diagnosis for fuel injector circuit. Refer to EC-1069, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WARNING:
Never remove a reservoir tank cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high
L
pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
NOTE: M
Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might
not be confirmed.
N
Check the coolant level in the sub reservoir tank.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
Is the coolant level in the sub reservoir tank below the proper range?
O
YES >> Proceed to EC-958, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2.
SEF621W
>> GO TO 3. K
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. L
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-959, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description". M
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268274
N
APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E5 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
(+) (−)
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Turbocharger
• TC boost control actuator
FAIL-SAFE
ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
• If DTC P0234 is detected with a diagnosis result of TC boost sensor, perform TC boost sensor diagnosis
first.
• If DTC P0234 is detected with a diagnosis result of TC boost control actuator, perform TC boost control actu-
ator diagnosis first.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
NOTE:
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the turbocharger. During this check, a DTC might not be
confirmed.
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “TC BOOST CONTROL ACTUATOR” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
3. Activate the TC boost control actuator and visually check the rod movement.
Without CONSULT
Make sure that TC boost control actuator rod moves slightly when engine is started.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-962, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268277
+
TC boost control actuator − EC
Voltage
Connector Terminal
F80 1 Ground Battery voltage
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3. D
3.CHECK TC BOOST CONTROL ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. E
3. Check the continuity between TC boost control actuator harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector.
F
+ −
TC boost control actuator IPDM E/R Continuity
G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F80 1 E121 26 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground. H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for TC boost control actuator power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. I
4.CHECK TC BOOST CONTROL ACTUATOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
J
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between TC boost control actuator harness connector and ground.
K
+
TC boost control actuator − Continuity
Connector Terminal L
F80 2 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace turbocharger assembly. Refer to EM-167, "Removal and Installation". M
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Turbocharger boost sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0237 or P0238 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0642 or P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1010, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268279
Check turbocharger boost sensor. Refer to EC-1011, "Component Inspection (Turbocharger Boost Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor. Refer to EM-158, "Exploded View".
N
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position sensor signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Poor compression
• Incorrect fuel injector connection
• Fuel injector
• Lack of fuel
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
3. Restart engine and let it idle for approximately 30 seconds.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-966, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268282
POSSIBLE CAUSE
P0335
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Crankshaft position sensor
P0336
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Signal plate
FAIL-SAFE
ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0335 or P0336 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0652 or P0653.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine could not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-968, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268284
2.CHECK CKP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
EC
4. Check the continuity between CKP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
JPBIA4037ZZ
K
Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000014268285
1.VISUALLY CHECK L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor harness connector. M
4. Remove the sensor. Refer to EM-214, "Exploded View".
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor.
O
MBIB0647E
2.CHECK RESISTANCE
Check resistance between crankshaft position sensor terminal.
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
P0340
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Camshaft position sensor F
P0341
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Camshaft position sensor G
• Signal plate
• Starting system circuit
H
FAIL-SAFE
ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0340 or P0341 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
J
P0642 or P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".
K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes. L
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M
CMP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F67 3 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK CMP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CMP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
JPBIA4281ZZ
D
Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000014268288
1.VISUALLY CHECK E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor. Refer to EM-195, "Exploded View". F
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-195,
"Exploded View".
H
I
MBIB0647E
2.CHECK RESISTANCE J
Check the resistance between camshaft position sensor terminal as follows.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Glow control unit input signal circuit is open or shorted.)
• Glow control unit
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-974, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268290
+
Glow control unit − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E25 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK GLOW CONTROL UNIT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between glow control unit harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − A
Glow control unit ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
3 18
E25 E8 Existed
8 24
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. C
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. D
3.CHECK GLOW PLUG CONTROL CIRCUIT
1. Remove glow plug terminals (nuts). E
2. Check the continuity between glow control unit harness connector and glow plug terminals.
+ − F
Glow control unit Glow plug Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F77 G
2
(No.1)
F75
7
(No.2) H
E25 1 Existed
F74
1
(No.3)
F76 I
6
(No.4)
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
4.CHECK GLOW PLUG K
CAUTION:
• Do not bump glow plug heating element. If it is bumped, replace glow plug with a new one. N
• If glow plug is dropped from a height of 10 cm (3.94 in) or higher, replace with a new one.
• If glow plug installation hole is contaminated with carbon, remove it with a reamer or suitable tool.
• Hand-tighten glow plug by turning it two or three times, then tighten using a tool to specified torque.
O
1.CHECK GLOW PLUG
1. Disconnect glow plug terminals (nuts).
2. Remove a glow plug. P
3. Check resistance between glow plug terminal and glow plug stem.
Terminals Resistance
1 and glow plug stem Approx. 0.45 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
1.INSPECTION START
M
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3. N
2.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE FUNCTION
With CONSULT O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Select “TRG EGR/V ANGLE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
NOTE:
Select “EGR V/POS SEN” of data monitor item. P
3. Activate the EGR volume control valve and check “EGR V/POS SEN” indication value is changed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: November 2016 EC-977 2017 D23
P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [YD25DDTi]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between EGR volume control valve harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+
EGR volume control valve ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
4 14
F61 E8 Existed
5 1
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
4.CHECK DC MOTOR
Refer to EC-978, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-164, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-979, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
6.CHECK EGR PASSAGE
Check the following for clogging and cracks.
• EGR tube
• EGR hose
• EGR cooler
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014268294
+ −
EGR volume control valve Resistance
Terminal
4 5 0.3 – 100 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-164, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 3. K
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop the engine and wait at least 10 seconds. L
3. Restart the engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? M
YES >> Proceed to EC-979, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268296
If DTC P0405 or P0406 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0652 or P0653.
P
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
>> GO TO 3. J
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. K
NOTE:
Engine coolant temperature is more than 81°C (178°F)
2. Stop the engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart the engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. L
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-981, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268298
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connectors (Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1
E
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0473 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or
G
P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-869, "DTC Index". H
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes. I
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
M
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0473 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or
P0643. N
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2. O
+
Voltage
Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F93 3 Ground 5V
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Exhaust gas pressure sen-
ECM Continuity
sor 1
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F93 3 F54 134 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
5.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Exhaust gas pressure sen-
ECM Continuity
sor 1
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F93 1 F54 101 Existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
6.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
Revision: November 2016 EC-984 2017 D23
P0473 EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [YD25DDTi]
+ A
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
EC
58
57
E8 56 Ground Existed C
55
41
D
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. E
7.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F
3. Check the continuity between exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
G
+ −
Exhaust gas pressure sen-
ECM Continuity
sor 1 H
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F93 2 F54 95 Existed
I
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. J
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
8.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1
Refer to EC-985, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor 1)". K
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace exhaust gas pressure sensor 1. Refer to EC-810, "Component Parts Location". L
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The EGR volume control valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• EGR volume control valve
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop the engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart the engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-986, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268303
1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and EGR volume control valve terminals as follows.
ECM receives vehicle speed signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication EC
line.
ECM uses the signal for ASCD control.
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014268305 C
>> GO TO 3.
N
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 10 km/h (7 MPH) for at least 5 seconds. O
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-987, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268306
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes. H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I I
Condition
M
Engine speed: 3,000 rpm or less
Vehicle speed: 30 km/h (19MPH) or more
Accelerator pedal: Depress 3/8 or more N
CAUTION:
Always drive safely.
3. Stop the vehicle. O
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-989, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268314
EGT sensor 1
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
terminal
F83 1 2 5V
Inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EGT SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY-II
Check the voltage between EGT sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
EGT sensor 1 −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F83 1 Ground 5V
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EGT SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EGT sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
EGT sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F83 1 F54 150 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
4.CHECK EGT SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EGT sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
EGT sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F83 2 F54 149 Existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
5.CHECK EGT ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
+ A
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
EC
58
57
E8 56 Ground Existed C
55
41
D
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. E
6.CHECK EGT SENSOR 1
Check EGT sensor 1. Refer to EC-991, "Component Inspection (EGT Sensor 1)".
Is inspection result normal? F
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EGT sensor 1. Refer to EC-810, "Component Parts Location".
G
Component Inspection (EGT Sensor 1) INFOID:0000000014268315
+ −
Resistance (kΩ)
EGT sensor 1 Condition J
(Approx.)
Terminal
Temperature: 20°C (68°F) 118
1 2 K
Temperature: 80°C (176°F) 27
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END. L
NO >> Replace EGT sensor 1. Refer to EC-810, "Component Parts Location".
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Battery
• Battery terminal
• Alternator
• Incorrect jump starting
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
2.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 35 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-992, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268317
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• Harness or connectors (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• ASCD steering switch
• ECM F
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0580 or P0581 is displayed with DTC P0606, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0606. H
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2. I
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes. J
>> GO TO 3.
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
ASCD MAIN switch: Pressed Approx. 0V
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 1V
F54 121 145 COAST/SET switch: Pressed Approx. 2V
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed Approx. 3V
ALL ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between combination switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Combination switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M73 7 F54 145 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between combination switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − A
Combination switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
M73 10 F54 121 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch
5.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH D
Check ASCD steering switch. Refer to EC-995, "Component Inspection (ASCD Steering Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to ST-21, "WITH AIR BAG : Removal and Installation"
(WITH AIR BAG) or ST-22, "WITHOUT AIR BAG : Removal and Installation" (WITHOUT AIR
BAG). F
G
1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector. H
3. Check resistance between combination switch harness connector terminals under the following condi-
tions.
I
Combination switch
Condition Resistance (Ω)
Connector Terminals
ASCD MAIN switch: Pressed Approx. 0 J
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 250
M149 15 and 18 COAST/SET switch: Pressed Approx. 660
K
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed Approx. 1,480
All ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4,000
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to ST-21, "WITH AIR BAG : Removal and Installation"
(WITH AIR BAG) or ST-22, "WITHOUT AIR BAG : Removal and Installation" (WITHOUT AIR M
BAG).
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• ECM recognizes the accelerator pedal position for 10% and controls fuel injected.
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 second.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-996, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268322
1.DTC CONFIRMATION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-996, "DTC Description".
4. Check the DTC.
Is the DTC displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-1094, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END
J
1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC. K
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-997, "DTC Description".
4. Check DTC.
Is the DTC P0607 displayed again? L
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-1094, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END
M
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Fuel pump suction control valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel pump suction control valve
• Fuel pump
FAIL-SAFE
• ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 second.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-998, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268327
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 1.8 – 2.4 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)] I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel pump suction control valve. Refer to EM-193, "Disassembly and Assembly". J
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors for following circuit is shorted.
- Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
- Camshaft position sensor
- Fuel rail pressure sensor
- Turbocharger boost sensor
- Refrigerant pressure sensor
- Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)
• Camshaft position sensor
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Turbocharger boost sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 second.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1000, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268330
ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E8 36 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal C
Accelerator pedal position
E8 36 E5 1
sensor 2
110 Camshaft position sensor F67 3 D
109 Fuel rail pressure sensor F81 1
107 Turbocharger boost sensor E2 3
F54 E
135 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3
Exhaust gas pressure sen-
134 F93 3
sor 1
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
3.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 (Refer to EC-939, "Diagnosis Procedure".) H
• Camshaft position sensor (Refer to EC-971, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• Turbocharger boost sensor (Refer to EC-964, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-1080, "Diagnosis Procedure".) I
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 (Refer to EC-983, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• Fuel rail pressure sensor (Refer to EC-952, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1002, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268332
ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E8 49 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1004, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268334
1.DTC CONFIRMATION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-1004, "DTC Description".
4. Check the DTC.
Is the DTC displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-1094, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connectors (The ECM relay circuit is shorted.)
• ECM relay
E
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC. I
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1005, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description". J
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268336
K
1.CHECK ECM MAIN POWER SUPPER CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF. L
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
ECM M
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal
54 After turning ignition switch OFF, battery N
E8 41 voltage will exist for 2 minutes, then drop ap-
53 proximately 0V.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT P
ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal
26
E8 41 Battery voltage
25
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
26
E8 E121 31 Existed
25
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-40, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ECM RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
2. Check continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
54 26
E8 E121 Existed
53 25
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-40, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
H
• Turbocharger
• TC boost control actuator
FAIL-SAFE I
ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING J
The mutual diagnoses performed by comparing signals from exhaust gas pressure sensor 1, turbocharger
boost sensor and BARO sensor enables the detection of malfunctioning sensors.
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014268340
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 circuit.)
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1028 is displayed with DTC P0473, P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0473, P0642 or P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1008, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268341
EC
The mutual diagnoses performed by comparing signals from exhaust gas pressure sensor 1, turbocharger
boost sensor and BARO sensor enables the detection of malfunctioning sensors.
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014268343
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (TC boost sensor circuit)
• TC boost sensor
FAIL-SAFE
ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1029 is displayed with DTC P0237, P0238, P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0237, P0238, P0642 or P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1010, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268344
ECM
Condition
+ − Voltage
Connector (pressure gauge)
Terminal Terminal
The mutual diagnoses performed by comparing signals from exhaust gas pressure sensor 1, turbocharger EC
boost sensor and BARO sensor enables the detection of malfunctioning sensors.
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014268347
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No.
CONSULT screen terms
DTC detecting condition
D
(Trouble diagnosis content)
BARO SENSOR A
P102A The output voltage of the BARO sensor is out of specified range.
(BARO sensor A) E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (BARO sensor circuit.)
• BARO sensor F
FAIL-SAFE
ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
H
If DTC P102A is displayed with DTC P2228 or P2229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2228 or
P2229.
Is applicable DTC detected?
I
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING J
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3. K
O
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P102A is displayed with DTC P2228 or P2229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2228 or
P2229. P
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
Check exhaust gas pressure sensor circuit 1. Refer to EC-983, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is inspection result normal?
Revision: November 2016 EC-1013 2017 D23
P102A BARO SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [YD25DDTi]
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
3.CHECK TC BOOST SENSOR CIRCUIT
Check TC boost sensor circuit. Refer to EC-964, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-1094, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
Poor installation of exhaust
FAIL-SAFE E
ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING F
NOTE:
This diagnosis procedure must be used with CONSULT.
1.CHECK INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “ENTER INJCTR CALIB DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check injector adjustment values displayed on CONSULT screen.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Fuel pump control circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel pump
• Fuel pump suction control valve
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Fuel rail pressure relief valve
• Air mixed with fuel
• Lack of fuel
FAIL-SAFE
• ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
• ECM stops the EGR volume control valve control (fully closed position).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1272 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or
P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at least 5 seconds, then release the acceler-
ator pedal.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1020, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268355
NOTE:
If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.e.: caused by lack of fuel), it may become normal by
C
performing following procedure.
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing”. Refer to EC-904, "Description". D
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULT” mode with CONSULT.
5. Touch “ERASE”. E
6. Perform DTC confirmation procedure, again. Refer to EC-1020, "DTC Description".
7. Check DTC.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. F
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-904, "Description".
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. G
5. Perform DTC confirmation procedure, again. Refer to EC-1020, "DTC Description".
6. Check DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC displayed again? H
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> INSPECTION END
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP SUCTION CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump suction control valve harness connectors.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM harness connector and fuel pump suction control valve harness J
connector.
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 1.8 – 2.4 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel pump suction control valve. Refer to EM-193, "Disassembly and Assembly".
Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor) INFOID:0000000014268357
ECM
+ - Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel pump
• Injector adjustment value
• Air mixed with fuel
• Lack of fuel
FAIL-SAFE
• ECM recognizes the accelerator pedal position for 10% and controls fuel injected.
• ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1273 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or
P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 10 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1024, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268360
NOTE:
This diagnosis procedure must be used with CONSULT.
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1273 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or
P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
Revision: November 2016 EC-1024 2017 D23
P1273 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [YD25DDTi]
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “ENTER INJCTR CALIB DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT. A
3. Check injector adjustment values displayed on CONSULT screen.
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 1.8 – 2.4 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel pump suction control valve. Refer to EM-193, "Disassembly and Assembly".
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connectors (Fuel pump suction control valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel pump suction control valve
• Fuel pump E
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE
ECM stops the engine promptly. F
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 1.8 – 2.4 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel pump suction control valve. Refer to EM-193, "Disassembly and Assembly".
Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor) INFOID:0000000014268365
ECM
+ - Condition Voltage EC
Connector
Terminal Terminal
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Fuel pump suction control valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel pump suction control valve
• Fuel pump
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE
• ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1275 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or
P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 60 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1030, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268367
Terminals Resistance
O
1 and 2 1.8 – 2.4 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END P
NO >> Replace fuel pump suction control valve. Refer to EM-193, "Disassembly and Assembly".
Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor) INFOID:0000000014268369
ECM
+ - Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, P0606 and P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0605, P0606 and P0607.
J
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
K
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
L
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION M
1. Start engine.
2. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator is displayed in combination meter.
3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds as per the following conditions.
N
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. O
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Fully released Approx. 0 V
E8 19 Ground Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-2
With CONSULT
Select “BRAKE SW2” and check indication as per the following conditions.
+ M
Stop lamp switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
N
E56 1 Ground Battery voltage
3. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected part.
6.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Stop lamp switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E56 2 E8 19 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected part.
7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to EC-1039, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-20, "Exploded View".
8.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
+
Brake pedal position switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E37 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
9.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-1
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
+ −
Brake pedal position switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E37 2 F54 75 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-2
1. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and clutch pedal position
switch harness connector.
+ −
Brake pedal position switch Clutch pedal position switch Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E37 2 E43 1 Existed
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
ECM
FAIL-SAFE E
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING F
1.DTC CONFIRMATION K
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-1041, "DTC Description". L
4. Check the DTC.
Is the DTC displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-1094, "Removal and Installation". M
NO >> INSPECTION END
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Injector adjustment value
(Injector adjustment value has not been written onto ECM memory yet, or the value has been initialized.)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1042, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268375
>> GO TO 2.
I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. J
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1043, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description". K
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268377
L
NOTE:
This diagnosis procedure must be used with CONSULT.
1.CHECK INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE M
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “ENTER INJCTR CALIB DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check injector adjustment values displayed on CONSULT screen. N
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT.
2. Touch “ERASE”.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure, again. Refer to EC-1043, "DTC Description".
4. Check DTC.
Is the DTC displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-1094, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connectors (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• Stop lamp switch
E
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
NOTE:
G
Since this DTC is difficult to be confirmed, check component function to judge the normality.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. H
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
2.CHECK BRAKE SWITCH FUNCTION I
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. J
3. Check “BRAKE SW” indication under the following conditions.
+
ECM N
– Condition Voltage
Connec-
Terminal
tor
O
Slightly de-
Battery voltage
E8 19 Ground Brake pedal pressed
Fully released Approx. 0 V
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-1046, "Diagnosis Procedure".
+
Stop lamp switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E56 1 Ground Battery voltage
3. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The APP sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
FAIL-SAFE
ECM recognizes the accelerator pedal position for 10% and controls fuel injected.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0642, P0643, P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0642, P0643, P0652 or P0653.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Depress accelerator pedal slowly spending 5 seconds, and then release it slowly spending 5 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1048, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268383
APP sensor A
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
1
E5 Ground Approx. 5 V EC
2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. C
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
E
APP sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F
4 47
E5 E8 Existed
5 34
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
4.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. I
O
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. P
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector.
(+) (−)
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes. H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
L
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M
3. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
N
Fuel injector ECM
Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
O
1 F71 1 82
2 F68 1 106
F54 Existed
3 F69 1 82 P
4 F70 1 106
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Harness or connectors (The fuel injector circuit is shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE
• ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to EC-1052, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268388
Perform the trouble diagnosis for fuel injector circuit. Refer to EC-1069, "Diagnosis Procedure".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? J
YES >> Proceed to EC-1053, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268390
1.DTC CONFIRMATION L
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve
FAIL-SAFE
ECM stops the EGR volume control valve control (fully closed position).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1054, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
2. Keep the engine speed above 2,500 rpm for 5 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1054, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268392
1.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.
+ A
EGR cooler bypass valve control
− Voltage
solenoid valve
Connector Terminal EC
F79 2 Ground Battery voltage
5. Also check harness for short to ground. C
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. D
2.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. E
3. Check the continuity between EGR cooler bypass valve harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − F
EGR cooler bypass valve
ECM Continuity
control solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
G
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Charge air system
• EGT sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P2478 is detected with a diagnosis result of EGT sensor 1, perform EGT sensor 1 diagnosis first.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “ENGINE STATUS” of “DATA MONITOR” with CONSULT.
3. Start the engine and drive the vehicle with the constant accelerator pedal depression to maintain a con-
stant vehicle speed.
CAUTION:
• Always drive safely.
• Never allow engine speed to be changed by 2 rpm/s or more.
NOTE:
• Vehicle speed and engine speed can be set arbitrarily.
• For better results, drive under high-load conditions.
4. Check that “ENGINE STATUS” indicates “STEADY”.
NOTE:
If “ENGINE STATUS” indicates “TRNST”, drive under steady engine revolution.
5. Keep the condition above for 5 seconds.
6. Check DTC.
Without CONSULT
1. Start the engine and drive the vehicle with the constant accelerator pedal depression to maintain a con-
stant vehicle speed for 5 seconds.
CAUTION:
• Always drive safely.
• Never allow engine speed to be changed by 2 rpm/s or more.
NOTE:
• Vehicle speed and engine speed can be set arbitrarily.
• For better results, drive under high-load conditions.
2. Check DTC.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-1058, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268397
CONDITIONS vacuum
For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF should exist
Except above should not exist
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
SEF109L
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT D
F
Intake air control valve control solenoid
valve Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
G
F78 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. H
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM harness connector and intake air control valve control solenoid J
valve harness connector.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC. H
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-1061, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
J
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Make sure that intake air control valve actuator rod moves when turning ignition switch OFF. K
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK VACUUM SOURCE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to intake air control valve actuator. M
3. Start engine and let it idle.
4. Check vacuum hose for vacuum existence under the following conditions.
N
CONDITIONS vacuum
For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF should exist
O
Except above should not exist
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. P
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
SEF109L
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake air control valve control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between intake air control valve control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
Battery current sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E161 1 Ground 5V
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E161 1 E8 50 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
K
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal L
E161 4 E8 51 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
M
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
N
8.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Check battery current sensor. Refer to EC-1065, "Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor)".
Is inspection result normal? O
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
P
Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor) INFOID:0000000014268403
ECM
Voltage
+ –
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal Terminal JPBIA3287ZZ
51
E8 44 2.5 V
(Battery current sensor signal)
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-140, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
H
1.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector. I
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.
J
+
EGR cooler bypass valve control K
− Voltage
solenoid valve
Connector Terminal
F79 2 Ground Battery voltage L
5. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. M
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID GROUND CIRCUIT N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EGR cooler bypass valve harness connector and ECM harness connector.
O
+ −
EGR cooler bypass valve P
ECM Continuity
control solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F79 1 F54 84 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
SEF109L
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 43 – 49 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-164, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
Component Inspection (EGR Cooler Bypass Valve) INFOID:0000000014268407
+ D
Fuel injector − Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
E
1 F71
2 F68 Half of battery volt-
1 Ground
3 F69 age
F
4 F70
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. G
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
I
+ −
Cylinder Fuel injector ECM Continuity J
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F71 82
2 F68 106
K
1 F54 Existed
3 F69 82
4 F70 106 L
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for ECM power supply. M
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
O
+ −
Cylinder Fuel injector ECM Continuity
P
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F71 81
2 F68 129
2 F54 Existed
3 F69 104
4 F70 152
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Revision: November 2016 EC-1069 2017 D23
FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [YD25DDTi]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Check fuel injector. Refer to EC-1071, "Component Inspection (Fuel Injector)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-174, "Removal and Installation".
5.PERFORM FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY LEARNING
With CONSULT
Perform fuel injection quantity learning. Refer to EC-902, "Description".
Did the learning complete successfully?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO-1 (learning not succeeded)>>Record the cylinder unsuccessful in learning. And then, GO TO 6.
NO-2 (other case)>>Check error-detected parts.
6.PERFORM FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY LEARNING AGAIN
With CONSULT
Perform fuel injection quantity learning again. Refer to EC-902, "Description".
Did the learning complete successfully?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO-1 (the same cylinder unsuccessful in learning at Step 5 was again unsuccessful)>>Replace malfunction-
ing fuel injector.
NO-2 (other cases)>>GO TO 8.
7.RECHECK MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM
Reproduce malfunction indicated by the customer.
Has the malfunction been eliminated?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK INDICATED VALUE ON DATA MONITOR
With CONSULT
Check the following items with CONSULT “DATA MONITOR” to see that the indicated value is within the spec-
ified value.
1.CHECK INSTALLATION
Check that glow plug terminals (nuts) are installed properly.
Are glow plug terminals (nuts) installed properly?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Install properly.
2.CHECK DTC
Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnoses for detected DTC. Refer to EC-869, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN GLOW CONTROL UNIT AND GLOW PLUG FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1. Disconnect glow control unit harness connector and glow plug terminals (nuts).
2. Check harness continuity between glow control unit harness connector and glow plug terminals.
CAUTION:
• Do not bump glow plug heating element. If it is bumped, replace glow plug with a new one.
• If glow plug is dropped from a height of 10 cm (3.94 in) or higher, replace with a new one.
• If glow plug installation hole is contaminated with carbon, remove it with a reamer or suitable tool.
• Hand-tighten glow plug by turning it two or three times, then tighten using a tool to specified torque.
Terminals Resistance
1 and glow plug stem Approx. 0.45 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning glow plug. Refer to EM-173, "Removal and Installation". D
1.CHECK DTC E
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. F
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
G
Refer to MWI-29, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)" (with color display) or MWI-161, "CONSULT Function
(METER/M&A)" (with monochrome display).
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC indicated.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT I
Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-137, "Removal and Installation" (with color display) or J
MWI-217, "Removal and Installation" (with monochrome display).
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
K
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P, or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Approx. 0 V
E8 4 41 Selector lever position
Except above Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-896, "Description".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to EC-1076, "Diagnosis Procedure (M/T Models)" (M/T models), or EC-1078, "Diagnosis
Procedure (A/T Models)" (A/T models).
Diagnosis Procedure (M/T Models) INFOID:0000000014268417
1.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between park/neutral position switch harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector.
+ −
Park/neutral position switch IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F66 1 E119 13 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between park/neutral position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
+ − A
Park/neutral position switch Park/neutral position relay Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
F66 2 E22 1 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
3.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II D
+
Park/neutral position relay − Condition Voltage F
Connector Terminal
Neutral Battery voltage
E22 1 Ground
Except above Approx. 0 V G
+
Park/neutral position relay − Continuity
M
Connector Terminal
2
E22 Ground Existed
5 N
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
6.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between park/neutral position relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Park/neutral position relay ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E22 3 E8 4 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
7.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION RELAY
Check the park/neutral position relay. Refer to EC-1079, "Component Inspection (Park/Neutral Position
Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace park/neutral position relay.
Diagnosis Procedure (A/T Models) INFOID:0000000014268418
1.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect park/neutral position relay harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between park/neutral position relay harness connector and ground.
+
Park/neutral position relay − Continuity
Connector Terminal
2
E17 Ground Existed
5
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between park/neutral position relay harness connector and ground.
+
Park/neutral position relay − Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
P, or N Battery voltage
E17 1 Ground
Except above Approx. 0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check the power supply circuit.
3.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between park/neutral position relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − A
Park/neutral position relay ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
E17 3 E8 4 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
4.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION RELAY D
Check the park/neutral position relay. Refer to EC-1079, "Component Inspection (Park/Neutral Position
Relay)".
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace park/neutral position relay.
F
Component Inspection [Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch] INFOID:0000000014268419
NOTE:
If DTC P0642 or P0643 is displayed, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or P0643. Refer
to EC-1000, "DTC Description".
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “AC PRESS SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
4. Check the monitor status.
Without CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F54 118 Ground Approx. 1.0 – 4.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE
Check refrigerant pressure. Refer to HA-79, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1080, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Repair refrigerant system.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268422
E
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E49 2 F54 118 Existed F
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HA-92, "REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR : G
Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM
Connec- Ground Condition Voltage
Terminal
tor
Approx. 0
ON
Ignition V
E8 5 Ground
switch Battery
START
voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to EC-1082, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268424
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. F
ECM
G
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Slightly de-
Battery voltage
H
pressed
E8 19 41 Brake pedal
Fully re-
Approx. 0 V
leased I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to EC-1083, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014268426
1
4
NO START (without first firing)
1
4
1
4
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
1
4
1
4
AT IDLE
1
4
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
1
4
WHEN DECELERATING
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
AC HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
1
4
AD KNOCK/DETONATION
1
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
1
4
LACK OF POWER
AE
POOR ACCELERATION
1
4
EC-1085
1
HI IDLE
AF
SYMPTOM
1
4
LOW IDLE
AG ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
1
4
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
1
4
AH IDLING VIBRATION
1
4
AK OVERHEAT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
1
4
AL EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
1
BLACK SMOKE
AP ABNORMAL SMOKE COLOR
WHITE SMOKE
1
HA DEAD BATTERY (UNDER CHARGE)
955
998
923
920
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
ence
1069
1052
1051
1030
1027
1020
Refer-
2017 D23
[YD25DDTi]
INFOID:0000000014268429
L
F
P
K
E
A
N
H
D
C
O
G
M
EC
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [YD25DDTi]
SYMPTOM
ENGINE STALL
(EXCP. HA)
Refer-
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
IDLING VIBRATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
BLACK SMOKE
WHITE SMOKE
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
Warranty symptom
AM
AG
AC
AD
HA
AH
AA
AB
AE
AK
AP
AF
AL
AJ
code
EC-
902
Fuel injector adjust-
EC-
ment value registra- 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1042
tion
EC-
1043
Mass air flow sensor EC-
1 1 1 1
circuit 932
Engine coolant tem- EC-
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
perature circuit 937
EC-
939
Accelerator pedal
EC-
position sensor cir- 1 1 1 1
959
cuit
EC-
1048
Fuel rail pressure EC-
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
sensor circuit 952
Crankshaft position EC-
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
sensor circuit 968
Camshaft position EC-
3 3 3
sensor circuit 971
EC-
Turbocharger boost 964
1 1 1
sensor circuit EC-
1010
Turbocharger boost
EC-
control actuator cir- 1 1 1 1 1
962
cuit
ENGINE STALL
(EXCP. HA)
C
Refer-
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
IDLING VIBRATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
BLACK SMOKE
WHITE SMOKE
G
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
H
Warranty symptom
AM
AG
AC
AD
HA
AH
AA
AB
AE
AK
AP
AF
AL
AJ
code I
EC-
Start signal circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1082
EC- J
Ignition switch circuit 1 1 1 1
909
Power supply for EC-
1 1 1 1
ECM circuit 909
K
EGR volume control EC-
1 1 1 1
circuit 977
EC- L
EGR cooler bypass
979
valve control sole- 3 1
EC-
noid valve
981
EC- M
Glow control circuit 1 1 1 1 1
1072
Intake air tempera-
—
ture sensor 2 circuit N
Exhaust gas tem-
perature sensor 1 1 1 1 —
circuit O
Exhaust gas pres-
—
sure sensor 1 circuit
Refrigerant pressure
2 2 2 3 3 3 4
EC- P
sensor circuit 1080
ECM
shutoff) circuit
ECM relay (Self-
Warranty symptom
2
NO START (without first firing)
2
1
2
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
2
AT IDLE
2
AB DURING DRIVING ENGINE STALL
2
1
2
1
AC HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
2
1
AD KNOCK/DETONATION
2
AE
POOR ACCELERATION
EC-1088
HI IDLE
2
AF
SYMPTOM
LOW IDLE
2
AG ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
2
AH IDLING VIBRATION
2
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
2
AK OVERHEAT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
2
AL EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
2
AM EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
2
BLACK SMOKE
2
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
ence
1041
1005
Refer-
2017 D23
[YD25DDTi]
code
Fuel filter
Fuel pump
Fuel injector
Engine body
EGR system
Warranty symptom
3
3
1
5
1
NO START (without first firing)
3
3
1
5
3
3
1
5
1
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
3
3
1
5
3
AT IDLE
3
5
AB DURING DRIVING ENGINE STALL
3
3
5
3
WHEN DECELERATING
3
5
AC HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
3
5
3
AD KNOCK/DETONATION
4
LACK OF POWER
4
5
3
AE
POOR ACCELERATION
4
4
5
EC-1089
HI IDLE
3
AF
SYMPTOM
LOW IDLE
3
3
5
AG ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
3
5
3
AH
3
5
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
3
3
5
3
AK OVERHEAT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
3
4
5
1
3
5
1 BLACK SMOKE
3
AP ABNORMAL SMOKE COLOR
WHITE SMOKE
3
3
1
HA DEAD BATTERY (UNDER CHARGE)
832
283
282
280
277
275
275
275
274
974
832
926
920
920
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EM-
EM-
EM-
EM-
EM-
EM-
EM-
EM-
ence
1069
FL-28
Refer-
2017 D23
[YD25DDTi]
L
F
P
K
E
A
N
H
D
C
O
G
M
EC
code
relief valve
theft System)
Fuel rail pressure
Warranty symptom
3
NO START (without first firing)
1
3
HARD/NO START/RESTART
3
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
3
AT IDLE
3
AB DURING DRIVING ENGINE STALL
3
AC HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
3
AD KNOCK/DETONATION
LACK OF POWER
3
AE
POOR ACCELERATION
EC-1090
HI IDLE
AF
SYMPTOM
LOW IDLE
3
AG ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
3
AH IDLING VIBRATION
3
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
3
AK OVERHEAT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
BLACK SMOKE
3
3
241
926
810
157
EC-
EC-
EM-
ence
SEC-
SEC-
Refer-
2017 D23
[YD25DDTi]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [YD25DDTi]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
A
Description INFOID:0000000014268430
If the engine speed is above 3,300 rpm under no load (for example, the shift position is park or neutral engine
speed is over 3,300 rpm) fuel is cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on C
engine speed. Fuel cut is operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut is cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-827, "FUEL INJECTION CONTROL SYS- D
TEM : System Description".
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
IDLE SPEED
Inspection INFOID:0000000014268431
1.CHECK LEAKAGE EC
Check hoses and hose connections for leakage.
Does leakage detect?
C
Yes >> Repair hose connection or replace the leaked hose,
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CLEAN HOSE D
Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air.
NOTE:
If any hose cannot be freed of obstructions, replace the hose. E
>> END
F
G
SEC692
JSBIA5571ZZ
CAUTION:
According to “SERVICE AFTER REPLACING OR REMOVING ENGINE PARTS”, perform the necessary
service procedure when ECM replacement. Refer to EC-897, "Description".
REMOVAL
1. Remove ECM cover.
2. Remove air cleaner case. Refer to EM-156, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove ECM nuts.
4. Disconnect the harness connectors from ECM. Refer to PG-9, "Harness Connector".
5. Remove ECM from ECM bracket.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
EC
G
JSBIA5572ZZ
REMOVAL I
1. Remove air duct (inlet). Refer to EM-156, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove glow control unit nuts.
3. Disconnect the harness connector from glow control unit. J
4. Remove glow control unit from vehicle.
INSTALLATION K
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
JSBIA5576ZZ
1. EGR cooler bypass valve control so- 2. Intake air control valve control sole- 3. Vacuum pump
lenoid valve noid valve
(Type 2 is not applicable)
NOTE:
• Refer to EC-803, "How to Check Vehicle Type", for the information of type 1 and 2.
• Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose.
G
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 – 14 V)
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V
Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.) 1.1 – 2.1 V* H
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.
N
Supply voltage Approx. 5 V
Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.) 1.3 – 1.7 V
O
2,000 rpm (Engine is warmed up to normal operating tempera-
1.7 – 2.0 V
ture.)
Fuel pump suction control valve Resistance [at 20 °C (68 °F)] 1.8 – 2.4 Ω